| blob | eb1210cda3bb2def9c5b2703c7dcf8e0b9194de4 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
89 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
95 If you use imenu.el:
98 If you use find-file.el:
103 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
105 If you use ada-xref.el:
110 ;;;***
111 \f
112 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
113 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
119 ;;;***
120 \f
121 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
122 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
126 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
129 ;;;***
130 \f
131 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
132 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
133 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
134 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15683 14753))
135 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
138 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
142 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
143 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
144 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
145 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
154 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
155 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
156 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
157 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
159 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
160 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
161 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
163 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
164 current buffer to the complete file name.
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and site.
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
193 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
194 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
199 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
200 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
201 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
202 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
205 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
211 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
215 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
218 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
220 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
221 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
222 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
223 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
224 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
229 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands).
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
242 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
243 ;;;;;; 53216))
244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
247 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
248 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
249 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
250 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
251 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
252 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
253 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
254 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
258 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
267 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
268 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
269 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
270 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
271 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
272 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
273 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
274 will be overwritten with the new one.
275 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
276 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
280 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
281 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
283 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
284 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
285 BODY... )
287 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
288 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
289 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
290 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
291 see also `ad-add-advice'.
292 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
293 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
294 before/around/after-advices will be used.
295 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
296 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
297 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
298 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
299 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
300 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
302 Semantics of the various flags:
303 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
304 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
305 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
307 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
308 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
310 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
311 advised function should be compiled.
313 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
314 during activation until somebody enables it.
316 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
317 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
318 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
319 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
321 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
322 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
323 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
324 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
325 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
326 during preloading.
330 ;;;***
331 \f
332 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
333 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
334 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
335 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
338 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
339 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
340 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
341 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
342 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
343 rule's `separate' attribute).
345 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
346 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
347 `separate' attribute set.
349 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
350 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
351 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
355 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
356 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
357 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
358 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
359 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
360 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
361 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
362 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
363 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
364 options.
366 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
367 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
369 Fred (123) 456-7890
370 Alice (123) 456-7890
371 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
372 Joe (123) 456-7890
374 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
379 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
381 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
382 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
386 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
387 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
388 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
389 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
390 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
394 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
395 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
396 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
397 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
398 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
407 ;;;***
408 \f
409 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
410 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15724 63540))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
415 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
416 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
417 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
418 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
423 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
425 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
427 ;;;***
428 \f
429 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
430 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
431 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
434 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
435 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
436 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
437 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
438 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
442 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
448 ;;;***
449 \f
450 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
451 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15583 13478))
452 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
458 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
460 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
461 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
462 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
463 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
465 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
466 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
470 ;;;***
471 \f
472 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
473 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
477 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
478 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
479 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
480 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
483 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
485 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
486 the rules.
488 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
489 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
490 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
494 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
498 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
501 ;;;***
502 \f
503 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
504 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
505 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
506 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15724 63538))
507 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
510 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
511 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
533 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
537 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
544 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
545 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
546 put in the appointments list.
547 02/23/89
548 12:00pm lunch
549 Wednesday
550 10:00am group meeting
551 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
552 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
555 ;;;***
556 \f
557 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
558 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15597
559 ;;;;;; 27578))
560 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
563 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
568 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
569 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
575 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
576 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
577 noninteractive functions.
579 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
583 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
584 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
585 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
589 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
590 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
591 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
595 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
596 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
597 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
598 bindings.
601 ;;;***
602 \f
603 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15626
604 ;;;;;; 5161))
605 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
608 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
609 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
610 Letters no longer insert themselves.
611 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
612 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
614 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
615 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
616 archive.
620 ;;;***
621 \f
622 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15626 5161))
623 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
626 Major mode for editing arrays.
628 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
629 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
630 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
632 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
634 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
635 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
636 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
638 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
639 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
640 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
641 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
642 The variables are:
644 Variables you assign:
645 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
646 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
647 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
648 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
649 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
650 row numbers in the buffer.
652 Variables which are calculated:
653 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
654 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
656 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
657 take a numeric prefix argument):
675 between that of point and mark.
683 newlines inside rows)
689 ;;;***
690 \f
691 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15669
692 ;;;;;; 50258))
693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
696 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
697 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
698 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
700 How to quit artist mode
705 How to submit a bug report
710 Drawing with the mouse:
712 mouse-2
713 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
714 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
715 below).
717 mouse-1
718 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
719 or pastes:
721 Operation Not shifted Shifted
722 --------------------------------------------------------------
723 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
724 to new point
725 --------------------------------------------------------------
726 Line Line in any direction Straight line
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
728 Rectangle Rectangle Square
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
732 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
733 --------------------------------------------------------------
734 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
735 --------------------------------------------------------------
736 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
737 --------------------------------------------------------------
738 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
739 --------------------------------------------------------------
740 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
741 lines
742 --------------------------------------------------------------
743 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
744 --------------------------------------------------------------
745 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
746 --------------------------------------------------------------
747 Paste Paste Paste
748 --------------------------------------------------------------
749 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
750 --------------------------------------------------------------
752 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
753 or diagonally.
755 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
756 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
757 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
758 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
759 poly-lines.
761 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
762 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
763 overwrite means the opposite.
765 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
766 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
767 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
769 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
771 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
772 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
774 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
775 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
776 are currently drawing something.
778 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
779 some time to fill.
782 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
783 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
786 Settings
788 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
790 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
792 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
794 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
796 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
797 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
799 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
802 Drawing with keys
805 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
807 When erase characters: toggles erasing
808 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
809 When pasting: Pastes
813 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
823 Arrows
826 of the line/poly-line
829 of the line/poly-line
832 Selecting operation
834 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
858 Variables
860 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
863 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
864 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
865 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
866 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
867 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
868 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
869 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
870 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
871 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
872 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
873 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
874 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
875 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
876 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
877 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
878 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
879 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
880 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
881 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
883 Hooks
885 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
886 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
889 Keymap summary
893 ;;;***
894 \f
895 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
896 ;;;;;; 3352))
897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
900 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
901 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
908 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
911 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
912 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
914 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
916 Special commands:
920 ;;;***
921 \f
922 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
923 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
924 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
932 ;;;***
933 \f
934 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
935 ;;;;;; (14651 24723))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
939 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
940 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
949 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
950 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
952 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
953 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
955 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
957 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
959 For example:
961 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
969 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
970 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
979 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
980 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
983 &c to supply digit arguments.
987 ;;;***
988 \f
989 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
990 ;;;;;; (15327 25337))
991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
996 ;;;***
997 \f
998 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
999 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15707 44426))
1000 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1003 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1007 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1008 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1012 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1013 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1022 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1023 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1024 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1026 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1029 ;;;***
1030 \f
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1032 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1033 ;;;;;; (15428 59181))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1037 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1038 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1042 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1046 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1049 ;;;***
1050 \f
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1052 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 21129))
1053 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1056 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1060 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1062 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1063 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1067 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1069 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1073 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1074 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1075 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1078 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1083 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1085 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1086 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1089 ;;;***
1090 \f
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1092 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15235 51725))
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1096 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1097 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1106 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1107 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1108 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1110 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1111 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1112 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1114 Effects of the different modes:
1115 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1116 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1117 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1118 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1119 a random distance & direction.
1120 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1121 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1122 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1124 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1127 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1130 ;;;***
1131 \f
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1133 ;;;;;; 10362))
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1137 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1138 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1139 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1140 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1144 ;;;***
1145 \f
1146 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1147 ;;;;;; (15252 4768))
1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1151 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1153 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1154 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1156 For example:
1158 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1159 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1160 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1161 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1167 ;;;***
1168 \f
1169 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1170 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1171 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1174 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1175 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1179 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1180 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1181 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1182 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1185 ;;;***
1186 \f
1187 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15727
1188 ;;;;;; 54456))
1189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1192 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1195 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1196 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1197 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1198 message.
1201 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1204 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1206 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1209 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1210 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1211 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1212 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1213 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1216 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1217 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1218 BibTeX mode.
1221 Special information:
1225 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1226 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1231 current field.
1232 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1236 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1237 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1238 bibtex-entry-format.
1239 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1240 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1241 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1246 The following may be of interest as well:
1248 Functions:
1249 bibtex-entry
1250 bibtex-kill-entry
1251 bibtex-yank-pop
1252 bibtex-pop-previous
1253 bibtex-pop-next
1254 bibtex-complete-string
1255 bibtex-complete-key
1256 bibtex-print-help-message
1257 bibtex-generate-autokey
1258 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1259 bibtex-end-of-entry
1260 bibtex-reposition-window
1261 bibtex-mark-entry
1262 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1263 bibtex-ispell-entry
1264 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1265 bibtex-sort-buffer
1266 bibtex-validate
1267 bibtex-count
1268 bibtex-fill-entry
1269 bibtex-reformat
1270 bibtex-convert-alien
1272 Variables:
1273 bibtex-field-delimiters
1274 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1275 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1276 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1277 bibtex-entry-format
1278 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1279 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1280 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1281 bibtex-predefined-strings
1282 bibtex-string-files
1284 ---------------------------------------------------------
1285 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1286 non-nil.
1290 ;;;***
1291 \f
1292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15455 34046))
1293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1295 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1297 ;;;***
1298 \f
1299 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15393
1300 ;;;;;; 35394))
1301 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1304 Play blackbox.
1305 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1307 What is blackbox?
1309 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1310 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1311 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1312 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1313 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1314 your score.
1316 Overview of play:
1319 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1320 four.
1322 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1323 movement keys.
1325 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1326 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1328 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1331 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1333 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1334 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1335 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1336 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1338 Details:
1340 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1342 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1343 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1344 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1345 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1347 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1348 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1349 denoted by the letter `R'.
1351 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1352 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1353 denoted by the letter `H'.
1355 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1356 example.
1358 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1359 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1360 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1361 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1363 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1364 ray.
1366 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1367 degree deflection it causes.
1369 1
1370 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1372 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1373 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1378 2 3
1380 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1381 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1384 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1385 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1386 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1391 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1393 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1394 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1395 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1396 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1397 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1398 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1399 emerging from the box.
1401 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1406 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1407 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1408 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1410 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1412 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1415 ;;;***
1416 \f
1417 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1420 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1421 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1422 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15625 11767))
1423 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1429 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1430 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1431 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1432 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1462 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1463 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1464 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1466 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1467 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1468 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1469 recent one.
1471 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1472 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1473 yank successive words.
1475 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1476 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1477 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1478 name of the file being visited.
1481 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1485 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1486 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1487 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1488 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1489 this.
1491 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1492 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1493 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1497 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1498 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1499 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1503 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1504 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1510 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1511 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1512 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1514 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1515 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1516 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1518 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1519 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1523 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1524 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1525 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1526 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1530 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1531 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1532 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1534 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1535 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1539 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1543 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1544 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1545 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1546 \(second argument).
1548 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1549 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1550 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1551 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1552 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1554 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1556 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1560 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1561 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1562 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1563 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1564 while loading.
1566 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1567 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1568 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1569 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1570 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1571 explicitly.
1573 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1574 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1579 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1580 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1581 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1589 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1590 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1591 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1592 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1593 this.
1595 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1596 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1600 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1601 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1602 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1603 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1604 this.
1606 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1607 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1611 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1612 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1614 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1615 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1619 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1620 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1621 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1622 prompts for NEWNAME.
1623 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1624 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1625 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1627 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1628 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1629 name.
1631 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1632 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1636 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1637 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1638 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1640 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1642 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1643 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1654 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1656 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1658 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1660 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1662 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1664 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1666 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1668 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1670 ;;;***
1671 \f
1672 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1680 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1681 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1682 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15683 14757))
1683 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1685 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1686 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1687 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1688 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1690 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1691 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1692 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1693 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1696 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1697 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1699 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1700 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1702 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1703 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1705 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1706 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1708 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1709 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1710 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1712 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1713 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1715 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1716 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1717 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1718 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1719 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1720 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1722 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1723 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1724 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1725 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1726 narrowed." t nil)
1728 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1729 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1734 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1735 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1736 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1737 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1739 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1740 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1741 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1742 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1744 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1745 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1746 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1747 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1748 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1749 to use." t nil)
1751 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1752 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1753 Default to the URL around or before point.
1755 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1756 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1757 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1758 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1760 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1761 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1763 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1764 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1766 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1767 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1768 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1769 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1771 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1772 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1773 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1774 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1776 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1777 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1779 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1780 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1781 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1782 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1784 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1785 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1786 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1787 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1789 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1790 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1792 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1793 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1794 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1795 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1797 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1798 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1799 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1800 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1802 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1803 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1804 new tab in an existing window instead.
1806 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1807 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1809 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1810 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1811 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1812 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1814 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1815 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1816 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1817 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1819 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1820 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1822 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1823 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1825 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1826 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1827 program is invoked according to the variable
1828 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1830 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1831 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1832 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1833 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1835 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1836 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1838 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1839 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1840 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1842 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1843 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1844 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1845 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1847 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1848 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1849 Default to the URL around or before point.
1851 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1852 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1853 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1855 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1856 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1857 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1858 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1860 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1861 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1863 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1864 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1865 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1867 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1868 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1869 Default to the URL around or before point.
1871 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1872 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1873 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1875 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1876 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1878 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1879 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1880 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1881 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1883 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1884 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1885 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1886 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1887 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1889 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1890 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1891 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1892 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1894 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1895 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1896 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1897 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1899 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1900 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1902 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1903 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1904 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1906 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1907 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1908 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1909 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1910 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1911 current one.
1913 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1914 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1915 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1916 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1918 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1919 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1921 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1922 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1923 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1924 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1925 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1926 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1928 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1929 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1930 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1932 ;;;***
1933 \f
1934 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15387
1935 ;;;;;; 9932))
1936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1938 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1939 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1941 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1942 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1944 ;;;***
1945 \f
1946 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1947 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15727 54454))
1948 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1950 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1951 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1952 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1953 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1955 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1956 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1957 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1958 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1960 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1961 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1963 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1964 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1966 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1967 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1968 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1973 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1974 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1975 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1977 ;;;***
1978 \f
1979 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1980 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
1981 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
1982 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
1983 ;;;;;; (15689 46994))
1984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1986 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1987 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1988 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1990 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1991 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1992 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1993 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1995 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
1996 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
1997 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
1998 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
1999 whether to compile it.
2001 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2003 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2004 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2006 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2007 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2008 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2009 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2010 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2012 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2013 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2014 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2015 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2017 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2018 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2019 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2021 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2022 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2023 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2024 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2025 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2026 all functions called by those functions.
2028 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2029 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2030 cons, etc.).
2032 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2033 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2034 invoked interactively." t nil)
2036 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2037 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2038 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2039 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2041 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2042 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2043 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2044 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2045 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2047 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2048 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2050 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2051 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2052 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2053 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2055 ;;;***
2056 \f
2057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15235 51733))
2058 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2060 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2062 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2064 ;;;***
2065 \f
2066 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2067 ;;;;;; (15683 14756))
2068 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2070 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2071 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2072 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2073 from the cursor position." t nil)
2075 ;;;***
2076 \f
2077 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2078 ;;;;;; 16009))
2079 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2081 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2082 Run the Emacs calculator.
2083 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2085 ;;;***
2086 \f
2087 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2088 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2089 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2090 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2091 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2092 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2093 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2094 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2095 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2096 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2097 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2098 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2099 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2100 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2101 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2102 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2103 ;;;;;; (15533 28773))
2104 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2106 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2107 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2108 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2110 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2111 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2112 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2113 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2114 the screen.")
2116 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2117 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2118 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2119 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2120 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2122 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2123 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2125 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2126 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2127 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2128 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2130 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2131 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2132 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2133 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2134 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2136 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2137 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2138 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2140 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2141 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2142 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2144 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2145 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2146 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2148 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2149 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2150 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2151 displayed.")
2153 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2154 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2155 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2157 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2158 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2159 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2161 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2163 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2164 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2165 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2167 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2168 calendar.")
2170 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2171 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2172 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2174 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2175 calendar.")
2177 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2178 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2179 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2181 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2182 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2183 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2184 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2185 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2187 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2188 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2189 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2190 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2191 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2192 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2193 a function is also provided for this:
2194 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2196 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2197 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2198 date is not visible in the window.
2200 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2201 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2202 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2204 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2205 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2207 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2208 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2209 date is visible in the window.
2211 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2212 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2213 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2215 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2216 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2218 For example,
2220 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2222 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2224 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2225 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2227 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2229 MONTH/DAY
2230 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2231 MONTHNAME DAY
2232 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2233 DAYNAME
2235 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2236 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2237 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2238 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2239 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2240 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2241 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2242 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2243 respectively.
2245 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2246 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2247 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2249 DAY/MONTH
2250 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2251 DAY MONTHNAME
2252 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2253 DAYNAME
2255 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2256 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2258 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2259 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2260 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2261 window but will appear in a diary window.
2263 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2264 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2266 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2267 entries (in the default American style):
2269 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2270 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2271 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2272 21: Payday
2273 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2274 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2275 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2276 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2277 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2278 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2279 &* 15 time cards due.
2281 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2282 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2283 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2284 single diary entry
2286 02/11/1989
2287 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2288 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2289 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2290 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2291 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2292 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2294 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2295 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2296 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2298 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2300 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2303 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2304 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2305 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2306 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2307 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2308 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2309 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2310 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2312 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2313 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2314 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2315 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2316 for these functions for details.
2318 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2319 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2321 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2322 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2324 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2325 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2327 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2328 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2330 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2331 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2332 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2334 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2335 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2336 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2338 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2339 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2340 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2341 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2343 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2344 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2345 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2346 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2348 DAY/MONTH
2349 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2350 DAY MONTHNAME
2351 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2352 DAYNAME
2354 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2355 characters with or without a period.")
2357 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2358 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2359 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2361 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2362 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2363 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2365 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2366 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2367 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2369 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2370 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2371 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2373 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2374 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2375 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2376 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2377 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2378 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2380 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2381 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2382 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2384 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2385 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2386 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2387 of the form
2391 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2393 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2394 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2395 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2397 For example, you could use
2399 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2400 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2401 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2403 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2404 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2405 lexicographic order.")
2407 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2408 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2409 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2411 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2412 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2413 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2414 diary display.
2416 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2417 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2418 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2419 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2420 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2421 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2422 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2424 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2425 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2426 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2427 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2428 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2429 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2430 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2431 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2433 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2434 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2435 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2436 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2437 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2438 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2440 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2441 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2443 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2444 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2445 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2446 of the form
2448 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2450 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2451 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2452 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2454 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2455 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2456 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2457 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2458 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2459 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2461 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2462 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2463 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2464 are holidays.")
2466 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2467 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2468 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2469 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2470 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2472 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2474 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2475 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2476 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2478 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2480 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2481 *Oriental holidays.
2482 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2484 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2486 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2487 *Local holidays.
2488 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2490 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2492 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2493 *User defined holidays.
2494 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2496 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2498 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2500 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2502 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2504 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2506 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2508 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2510 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2512 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2514 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2515 *Jewish holidays.
2516 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2518 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2520 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2521 *Christian holidays.
2522 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2524 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2526 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2527 *Islamic holidays.
2528 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2530 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2532 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2533 *Sun-related holidays.
2534 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2536 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2538 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2539 The frame set up of the calendar.
2540 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2541 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2542 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2543 any other value the current frame is used.")
2545 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2546 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2547 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2549 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2550 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2552 ;;;***
2553 \f
2554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15556 56060))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2557 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2558 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2560 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2561 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2563 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2564 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2566 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2567 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2569 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2570 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2572 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2573 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2575 ;;;***
2576 \f
2577 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2578 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2579 ;;;;;; (15613 3383))
2580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2582 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2584 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2585 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2587 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2588 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2589 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2593 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2594 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2595 run first.
2597 Key bindings:
2600 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2601 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2603 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2604 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2605 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2606 message.
2610 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2611 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2612 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2614 Key bindings:
2617 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2618 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2620 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2621 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2622 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2623 message.
2627 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2628 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2629 is run first.
2631 Key bindings:
2634 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2635 Major mode for editing Java code.
2637 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2638 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2639 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2640 message.
2644 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2645 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2646 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2648 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2650 Key bindings:
2653 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2654 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2656 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2657 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2658 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2659 message.
2663 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2664 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2665 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2667 Key bindings:
2670 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2671 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2673 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2674 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2675 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2676 message.
2680 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2681 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2682 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2684 Key bindings:
2687 ;;;***
2688 \f
2689 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2690 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15623 552))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2693 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2694 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2695 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2696 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2697 for details of setting up styles.
2699 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2700 style name.
2702 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
2703 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2704 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2705 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2706 will be reassigned.
2708 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
2709 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
2710 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
2711 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
2712 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
2713 default).
2715 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
2716 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
2717 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
2718 when used elsewhere." t nil)
2720 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2721 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2722 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2723 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2725 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2727 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2728 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2729 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2731 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2732 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2733 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2734 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2735 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2737 ;;;***
2738 \f
2739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15626 5163))
2740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2742 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2743 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2744 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2745 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2746 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2748 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2749 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2751 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2752 `infodock'.")
2754 ;;;***
2755 \f
2756 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2757 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2758 ;;;;;; (15669 59919))
2759 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2761 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2762 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2764 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2765 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2767 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2768 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2770 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2771 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2772 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2773 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2774 execution.
2776 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2778 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2779 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2781 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2782 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2783 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2784 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2786 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2787 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2788 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2789 `write' commands.
2791 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2792 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2793 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2794 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2796 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2797 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2798 semantics.
2800 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2802 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2804 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2806 STATEMENT :=
2807 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2808 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
2810 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2811 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2812 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2813 | integer
2815 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2817 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2818 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2819 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2821 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2822 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2823 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2825 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2826 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2828 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2829 BREAK := (break)
2831 REPEAT :=
2832 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2833 (repeat)
2834 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2835 ;; (repeat))
2836 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2837 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2838 ;; (read REG)
2839 ;; (repeat))
2840 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2841 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2842 ;; (read REG)
2843 ;; (repeat))
2844 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2846 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2847 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2848 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2849 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2850 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2851 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2852 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2853 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2854 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2855 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2856 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2857 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2858 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2859 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2860 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2861 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2863 WRITE :=
2864 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2865 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2866 ;; representation.
2867 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2868 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2869 ;; (write r7))
2870 | (write EXPRESSION)
2871 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2872 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2873 ;; representation.
2874 | (write integer)
2875 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2876 ;; buffer.
2877 | (write string)
2878 ;; Same as: (write string)
2879 | string
2880 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2881 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2882 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2883 ;; representation.
2884 | (write REG ARRAY)
2885 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2886 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2887 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2888 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2889 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2890 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2892 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2893 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2895 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2896 END := (end)
2898 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2899 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2900 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2902 ARG := REG | integer
2904 OPERATOR :=
2905 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2906 + | - | * | / | %
2908 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2909 | & | `|' | ^
2911 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2912 | << | >>
2914 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2915 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2916 | <8
2918 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2919 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2920 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2921 | >8
2923 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2924 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2925 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2926 | //
2928 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2929 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2931 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2932 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2933 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2934 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2935 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2936 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2937 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2938 | de-sjis
2940 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2941 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2942 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2943 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2944 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2945 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2946 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2947 ;; byte of SJIS.
2948 | en-sjis
2950 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2951 ;; Same meaning as C code
2952 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2954 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2955 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2956 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2957 | <8=
2959 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2960 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2961 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2963 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2964 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2965 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2966 | //=
2968 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2971 TRANSLATE :=
2972 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2973 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2974 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2975 LOOKUP :=
2976 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2977 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
2978 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-hash-translation-table'.
2979 MAP :=
2980 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2981 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2982 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2983 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2984 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2985 MAP-ID := integer
2986 " nil (quote macro))
2988 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2989 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2990 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2991 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2992 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2993 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2995 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2996 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2997 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2999 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3001 ;;;***
3002 \f
3003 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3004 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3005 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3006 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3007 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3008 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3009 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3010 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3011 ;;;;;; (15702 53007))
3012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3014 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3015 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3016 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3017 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3019 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3020 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3021 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3022 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3023 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3024 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3025 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3026 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3028 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3029 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3030 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3031 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3032 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3033 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3034 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3035 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3037 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3038 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3039 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3040 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3041 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3043 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3044 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3045 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3046 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3047 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3049 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3050 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3051 Only documentation strings are checked.
3052 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3053 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3054 a separate buffer." t nil)
3056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3057 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3058 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3059 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3060 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3062 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3063 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3064 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3065 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3066 if there is one." t nil)
3068 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3069 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3070 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3071 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3072 if there is one.
3073 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3075 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3076 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3077 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3079 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3080 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3081 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3082 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3083 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3085 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3086 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3087 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3088 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3089 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3090 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3092 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3093 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3094 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3095 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3098 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3099 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3100 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3103 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3104 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3105 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3107 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3108 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3109 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3110 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3113 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3114 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3115 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3118 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3119 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3122 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3123 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3124 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3125 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3128 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3129 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3130 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3132 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3133 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3134 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3135 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3137 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3138 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3139 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3141 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3142 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3143 checking of documentation strings.
3147 ;;;***
3148 \f
3149 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3150 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3151 ;;;;;; 33361))
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3154 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3155 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3156 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3158 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3159 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3161 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3162 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3163 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3165 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3166 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3168 ;;;***
3169 \f
3170 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3171 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 44237))
3172 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3174 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3175 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3176 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3177 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3178 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3179 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3181 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3182 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3183 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3184 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3185 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3187 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3189 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3190 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3191 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3192 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3193 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3195 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3196 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3199 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3200 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3202 ;;;***
3203 \f
3204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15666 1371))
3205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3207 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3208 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3209 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3210 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3211 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3212 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3214 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3215 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3217 ;;;***
3218 \f
3219 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3220 ;;;;;; (15605 17010))
3221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3223 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3225 ;;;***
3226 \f
3227 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3228 ;;;;;; (15252 4769))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3231 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3232 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3233 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3234 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3236 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3237 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3238 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3240 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3241 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3246 ;;;;;; 11979))
3247 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3249 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3250 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3251 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3252 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3253 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3254 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3256 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3258 ;;;***
3259 \f
3260 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3261 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3262 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 55753))
3263 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3265 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3266 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3267 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3268 ASCII table.
3270 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3271 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3272 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3273 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3275 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3276 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3277 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3279 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3280 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3281 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3283 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3284 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3285 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3287 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3288 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3290 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3291 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3292 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3294 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3295 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3297 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3298 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3300 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3301 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3302 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3304 ;;;***
3305 \f
3306 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3307 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3308 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3309 ;;;;;; (15712 52093))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3312 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3313 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3314 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3315 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3316 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3317 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3318 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3319 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3321 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3323 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3324 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3325 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3326 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3327 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3328 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3329 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3330 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3332 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3334 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3335 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3336 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3337 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3338 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3339 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3341 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3342 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3343 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3345 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3347 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3348 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3349 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3351 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3353 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3354 Send COMMAND to current process.
3355 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3356 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3358 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3359 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3360 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3361 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15669
3366 ;;;;;; 19465))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3369 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3370 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3371 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3372 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3374 This command pushes the mark in each window
3375 at the prior location of point in that window.
3376 If both windows display the same buffer,
3377 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3378 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3380 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3381 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3382 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3384 ;;;***
3385 \f
3386 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3387 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3388 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3389 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15664 47328))
3390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3392 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3393 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3395 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3396 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3398 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3399 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3400 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3401 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3402 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3404 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3405 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3406 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3407 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3410 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3411 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3412 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3413 describing how the process finished.")
3415 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3416 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3417 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3418 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3420 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3422 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3424 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3425 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3426 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3427 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3429 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3430 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3431 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3432 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3435 and move to the source code that caused it.
3437 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3438 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3440 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3442 Then start the next one.
3444 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3445 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3446 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3448 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3449 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3451 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3452 where grep found matches.
3454 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3455 easily repeat a grep command.
3457 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3458 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3459 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3460 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3462 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3463 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3464 Collect output in a buffer.
3466 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3468 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3469 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3471 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
3472 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
3473 Collect output in a buffer.
3474 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
3475 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
3476 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
3477 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
3478 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
3481 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3483 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3484 easily repeat a find command.
3486 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
3487 those sub directories of DIR." t nil)
3489 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3490 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3495 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3497 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3498 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3499 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3500 See `compilation-mode'.
3501 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3503 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3504 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3505 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3506 See `compilation-mode'.
3507 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3509 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3510 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3512 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3513 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3515 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3516 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3518 and start at the first error.
3521 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3523 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3524 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3528 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3529 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3531 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3532 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3533 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3535 ;;;***
3536 \f
3537 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3538 ;;;;;; (15235 51726))
3539 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3541 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3542 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3543 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3547 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3549 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3551 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3552 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3553 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3555 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3556 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3557 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3558 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3560 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3561 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3563 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3565 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3568 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3570 ;;;***
3571 \f
3572 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3573 ;;;;;; (15707 34351))
3574 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3576 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3577 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3579 ;;;***
3580 \f
3581 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3582 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3583 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3584 ;;;;;; (15714 3656))
3585 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3587 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3588 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3589 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3590 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3591 `make-composition'.
3593 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3595 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3596 | | 1:tc or top-center
3597 | | 2:tr or top-right
3598 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3599 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3600 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3601 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3602 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3603 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3605 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3606 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3607 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3608 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3609 be added.
3611 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3612 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3613 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3615 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3616 | | |
3617 | global| |
3618 | glyph | |
3619 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3620 +----+--*--+
3621 | | new |
3622 | |glyph|
3623 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3624 ")
3626 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3627 Compose characters in the current region.
3629 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
3630 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
3632 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3634 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3635 specifying the region.
3637 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3638 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
3639 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
3641 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3642 of the text in the region.
3644 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3646 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3647 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3648 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3649 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3651 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3652 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3653 detail.
3655 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3656 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3657 text in the composition." t nil)
3659 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3660 Decompose text in the current region.
3662 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3663 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3665 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3666 Compose characters in string STRING.
3668 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3669 the characters in it.
3671 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3672 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3673 STRING respectively.
3675 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3676 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3677 `compose-region' for more detail.
3679 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3680 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3681 text in the composition." nil nil)
3683 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3684 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3686 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3687 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3688 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3689 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3690 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3691 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3692 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3693 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3695 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3696 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3698 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3699 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3701 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3702 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3704 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3705 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3707 If no composition is found, return nil.
3709 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3710 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3712 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3713 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3714 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3716 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3718 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3720 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3721 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3722 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3724 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3726 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3728 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3729 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3731 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3732 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3733 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3734 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3735 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3736 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3737 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3738 nil.
3740 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3741 is:
3742 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3743 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3745 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3747 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3748 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3750 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3752 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3753 Compose last characters.
3754 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3755 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3756 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3757 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3758 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3759 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3760 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3761 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3762 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3763 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3764 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3766 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3767 Convert CHAR to string.
3769 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3770 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3771 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3773 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
3775 ;;;***
3776 \f
3777 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3778 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
3779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3781 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3782 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3783 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3784 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3786 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3787 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3788 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3789 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3791 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3792 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3793 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3794 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3796 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3797 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3799 ;;;***
3800 \f
3801 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3802 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
3803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3805 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3806 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3807 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3808 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3809 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3810 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3812 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3813 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3815 ;;;***
3816 \f
3817 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3818 ;;;;;; (15669 50258))
3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3821 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3822 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3823 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3824 Tab indents for Perl code.
3825 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3826 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3828 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3829 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3830 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3834 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3835 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3836 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3837 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3838 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3841 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3843 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3844 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3846 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3848 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3849 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3850 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3852 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3853 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3856 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3860 bite if angry;
3862 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3863 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3864 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3865 to nil.)
3868 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3869 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3871 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3873 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3874 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3875 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3877 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3881 if (A) { B }
3883 into
3885 B if A;
3889 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3890 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3891 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3892 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3893 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3894 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3895 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3896 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3897 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3898 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3899 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3900 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3903 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3905 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3906 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3907 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3908 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3910 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3912 man via menu.
3914 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3915 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3916 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3917 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3921 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3922 span the needed amount of lines.
3924 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3925 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3926 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3927 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3929 Variables controlling indentation style:
3930 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3931 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3932 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3933 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3934 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3935 `cperl-auto-newline'
3936 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3937 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3939 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3940 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3941 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3942 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3943 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3944 `cperl-indent-level'
3945 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3946 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3947 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3948 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3949 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3950 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3951 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3952 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3953 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3954 `cperl-brace-offset'
3955 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3956 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3957 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3958 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3959 `cperl-label-offset'
3960 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3961 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3962 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3964 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3965 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3966 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3967 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3968 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3970 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3973 \(both available from menu).
3975 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3976 column 0 is indented on
3977 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3979 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3980 with no args.
3982 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3983 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3984 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3986 ;;;***
3987 \f
3988 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3989 ;;;;;; (15593 36679))
3990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3992 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3993 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3994 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3995 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3996 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3998 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4001 ;;;***
4002 \f
4003 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4004 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4007 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4008 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4009 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4010 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4013 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4015 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4017 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4019 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4020 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4021 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4023 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4025 ;;;***
4026 \f
4027 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4028 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4031 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4032 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4033 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4034 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4036 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4037 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4038 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4039 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4041 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4042 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4043 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4045 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4046 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4047 'bob', and 'eve'.
4049 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4050 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4051 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4053 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4055 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4056 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4057 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4059 ;;;***
4060 \f
4061 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4062 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4063 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4064 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4065 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4066 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4067 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4068 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4069 ;;;;;; (15675 7034))
4070 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4073 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4074 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4076 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4077 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4079 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4080 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4082 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4084 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4085 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4086 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4088 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4089 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4091 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4092 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4094 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4095 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4097 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4098 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4100 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4103 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4104 Return VALUE.
4106 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4107 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4109 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4110 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4112 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4113 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4115 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4116 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4118 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4121 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4123 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4124 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4126 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4127 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4129 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4130 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4132 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4134 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4135 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4137 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4138 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4139 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4140 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4141 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4143 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4144 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4145 version." t nil)
4147 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4149 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4150 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4151 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4153 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4154 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4155 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4157 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4158 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4160 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4161 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4163 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4164 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4167 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4169 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4170 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4172 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4173 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4174 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4175 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4176 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4177 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4178 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4181 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4182 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4184 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4185 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4187 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4188 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4190 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4191 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4192 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4193 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4194 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4195 that option." nil nil)
4197 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4198 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4199 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4200 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4201 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4202 that option." nil nil)
4204 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4205 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4207 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4208 File used for storing customization information.
4209 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4210 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4211 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4213 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4214 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4215 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4216 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4218 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4219 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4221 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4222 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4224 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4225 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4226 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4228 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4229 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4230 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4231 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4232 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4234 ;;;***
4235 \f
4236 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4237 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 34267))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4240 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4241 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4243 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4244 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4245 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4247 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4249 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4250 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4251 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4253 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4255 ;;;***
4256 \f
4257 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4258 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4259 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4261 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4262 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4264 ;;;***
4265 \f
4266 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4267 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 21135))
4268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4270 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4271 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4273 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4274 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4275 C++ modes are included.
4277 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4279 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4280 Turn on CWarn mode.
4282 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4283 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4285 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4286 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4287 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4291 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4293 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4295 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4296 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4297 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4298 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4299 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4301 ;;;***
4302 \f
4303 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4304 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4305 ;;;;;; (15683 14756))
4306 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4308 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4309 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4311 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4312 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4314 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4315 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4316 For readability, the table is slightly
4317 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4319 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4320 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4321 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4322 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4323 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4325 ;;;***
4326 \f
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4328 ;;;;;; (15671 8032))
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4331 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4333 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4335 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4336 Completion on current word.
4338 and presents suggestions for completion.
4340 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4341 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4342 completions.
4344 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4345 then it searches *all* buffers.
4347 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4348 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4350 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4353 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4354 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4355 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4356 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4357 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4359 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4360 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4362 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4363 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4364 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4366 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4367 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4371 ;;;***
4372 \f
4373 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15727
4374 ;;;;;; 54456))
4375 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4377 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4378 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4380 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4381 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4382 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4384 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4385 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4386 Data lines are not indented.
4388 Key bindings:
4391 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4398 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4400 dcl-basic-offset
4401 Extra indentation within blocks.
4403 dcl-continuation-offset
4404 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4406 dcl-margin-offset
4407 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4409 dcl-margin-label-offset
4410 Indentation for a label.
4412 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4413 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4415 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4416 dcl-block-end-regexp
4417 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4418 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4419 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4420 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4421 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4423 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4424 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4425 Two such functions are included in the package:
4426 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4427 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4429 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4430 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4431 One such function is included in the package:
4432 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4434 dcl-tab-always-indent
4435 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4436 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4437 margin.
4439 dcl-electric-characters
4440 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4441 typed.
4443 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4444 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4445 which words trigger electric indentation.
4447 dcl-tempo-comma
4448 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4449 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4450 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4452 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4453 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4454 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4455 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4457 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4458 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4459 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4460 dcl-imenu-label-call
4461 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4463 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4464 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4465 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4466 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4469 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4471 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4472 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4473 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4474 $ i = 1
4475 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4476 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4477 $ label:
4478 $ if i.eq.1
4479 $ then
4480 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4481 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4482 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4483 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4486 $ type sys$input
4487 Data lines are not indented at all.
4488 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4489 $ endif
4490 $
4491 " t nil)
4493 ;;;***
4494 \f
4495 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15685 15800))
4497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4499 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4501 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4503 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4504 of the evaluator.
4506 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4507 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4508 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4510 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4511 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4512 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4513 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4514 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4516 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4518 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4520 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4522 ;;;***
4523 \f
4524 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4525 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
4526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4528 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4529 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4531 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4532 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4533 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4534 Upper-case letters are commands.
4536 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4537 modify it.
4539 The most useful commands are:
4543 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4547 ;;;***
4548 \f
4549 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4550 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
4551 ;;;;;; 63268))
4552 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4554 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4555 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4557 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4558 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4560 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4562 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4563 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4565 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4567 ;;;***
4568 \f
4569 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
4570 ;;;;;; 9207))
4571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4573 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4580 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4582 Customization:
4584 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4585 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4586 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4587 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4588 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4589 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4590 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4591 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4592 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4593 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4594 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4595 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4596 blank line.
4597 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4598 Directories to search when finding external units.
4599 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4600 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4602 Coloring:
4604 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4605 Face used to color delphi comments.
4606 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4607 Face used to color delphi strings.
4608 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4609 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4610 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4611 Face used to color everything else.
4613 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4614 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4616 ;;;***
4617 \f
4618 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15432
4619 ;;;;;; 24082))
4620 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4622 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4624 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4625 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4626 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4630 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4632 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4634 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4635 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4636 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4637 positive.
4639 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4640 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4641 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4642 any selection." t nil)
4644 ;;;***
4645 \f
4646 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4647 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15644 46688))
4648 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4650 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4651 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4653 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4655 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4656 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4657 or nil if there is no parent.
4659 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4660 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4661 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4662 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4664 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4668 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4669 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4670 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4672 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4673 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4677 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4679 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4680 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4682 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4683 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4684 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4685 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4686 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4688 ;;;***
4689 \f
4690 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4691 ;;;;;; (15501 5682))
4692 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4694 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4695 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4696 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4698 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4699 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4700 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4701 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4703 ;;;***
4704 \f
4705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
4706 ;;;;;; 53216))
4707 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4711 ;;;***
4712 \f
4713 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4714 ;;;;;; (15698 64355))
4715 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4717 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4718 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4719 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4720 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4721 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4723 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4724 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4725 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4727 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4728 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4729 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4730 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4732 #!/bin/sh
4733 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4738 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4739 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4741 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4742 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4743 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4744 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4746 ;;;***
4747 \f
4748 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4749 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15596 25372))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4752 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4753 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4755 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4756 *The command to use to run diff.")
4758 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4759 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4760 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4761 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4762 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4764 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4765 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4766 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4767 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4768 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4770 ;;;***
4771 \f
4772 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4773 ;;;;;; (15669 19465))
4774 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4776 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4777 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4778 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4779 normal diffs.
4780 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4782 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4783 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4786 ;;;***
4787 \f
4788 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4789 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4790 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4791 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4792 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15698 64354))
4793 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4795 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4796 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4797 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4798 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4799 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
4800 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
4801 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
4802 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
4804 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4805 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4807 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4808 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4809 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4810 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4811 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4813 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4814 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4816 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4817 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4818 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4819 always set this variable to t.")
4822 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4823 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4824 A value of t means move to first file.")
4826 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4827 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4828 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4829 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4830 are afterward marked with that character.")
4832 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4833 *Controls marking of copied files.
4834 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4835 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4837 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4838 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4839 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4840 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4842 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4843 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4844 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4845 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4847 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4848 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4849 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4850 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4852 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4854 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4855 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4856 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4857 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4859 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4861 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4862 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4863 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4864 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4865 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4866 list of files to make directory entries for.
4872 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4873 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4875 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4877 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4879 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4882 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4883 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4884 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
4886 ;;;***
4887 \f
4888 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4889 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4890 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4891 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4892 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4893 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4894 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4895 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4896 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4897 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4898 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4899 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4900 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15583 13479))
4901 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4903 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4904 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4905 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4907 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4908 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4909 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4911 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4912 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4913 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4914 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4915 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4916 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4918 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4919 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4920 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4922 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4923 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4925 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4926 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4928 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4929 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4930 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4931 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4933 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4934 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4935 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4937 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4939 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
4940 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4942 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
4943 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
4944 file name substituted for `?'.
4946 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
4947 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
4949 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
4950 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
4951 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
4954 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4956 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
4957 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
4960 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
4961 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
4962 in a subdir.
4964 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4965 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4967 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4968 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4969 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4970 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4971 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4972 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4974 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4976 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4977 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4979 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4980 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4982 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4983 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4985 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4986 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4987 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4988 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4990 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4992 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4994 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4996 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4998 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5000 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5001 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5003 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5004 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5005 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5006 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5007 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5008 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5009 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5010 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5011 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5013 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5014 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5015 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5016 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5017 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5018 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5019 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5020 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5022 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5023 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5024 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5025 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5026 and new hard links are made in that directory
5027 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5028 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5029 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5031 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5032 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5033 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5034 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5035 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5036 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5038 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5039 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5041 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5042 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5043 file if none are marked.
5045 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5048 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5050 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5051 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5053 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5054 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5055 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5057 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5058 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5059 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5061 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5062 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5063 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5065 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5066 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5068 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5069 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5071 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5072 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5074 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5075 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5076 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5077 this subdirectory.
5078 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5080 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5081 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5082 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5083 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5084 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5085 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5086 this subdirectory.
5087 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5089 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5090 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5091 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5093 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5094 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5095 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5098 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5099 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5100 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5101 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5103 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5104 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5105 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5107 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5108 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5110 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5111 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5113 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5114 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5115 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5118 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5119 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5120 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5123 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5124 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5125 Stops when a match is found.
5128 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5129 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5130 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5134 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5135 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5136 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5137 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5139 ;;;***
5140 \f
5141 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
5142 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5144 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5145 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5146 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5147 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5148 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5149 buffer and try again." t nil)
5151 ;;;***
5152 \f
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14999 58021))
5154 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5156 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5157 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5158 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5160 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5162 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5163 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5165 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5166 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5167 " nil nil)
5169 ;;;***
5170 \f
5171 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5172 ;;;;;; 9615))
5173 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5175 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5176 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5177 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5178 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5179 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5180 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5182 ;;;***
5183 \f
5184 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5185 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5186 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5187 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5188 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5191 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5192 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5194 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5195 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5196 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5197 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5198 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5200 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5201 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5202 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5203 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5204 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5206 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5207 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5209 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5210 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5212 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5213 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5215 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5216 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5218 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5219 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5221 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5222 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5223 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5224 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5226 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5227 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5228 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5229 X frame." nil nil)
5231 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5232 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5234 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5235 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5237 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5238 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5240 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5241 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5242 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5243 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5245 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5246 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5247 European character display.
5249 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5250 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5251 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5252 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5254 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5255 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5256 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5257 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5258 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5260 ;;;***
5261 \f
5262 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5263 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5266 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5267 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5268 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5269 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5270 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5271 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5272 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5273 Default is 2." t nil)
5275 ;;;***
5276 \f
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15318 59420))
5278 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5280 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5281 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5283 ;;;***
5284 \f
5285 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5286 ;;;;;; (15235 51726))
5287 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5289 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5290 Toggle Double mode.
5291 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5294 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5296 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5298 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5299 Toggle Double mode.
5300 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5302 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5303 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5305 ;;;***
5306 \f
5307 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15669 50258))
5308 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5310 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5311 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5313 ;;;***
5314 \f
5315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5316 ;;;;;; (15235 51735))
5317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5319 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5320 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5322 ;;;***
5323 \f
5324 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5325 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5326 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15707 34351))
5327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5329 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5331 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5332 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5333 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5334 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5336 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5337 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5338 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5339 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5340 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5341 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5342 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5343 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5344 used (see below).
5346 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5347 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5348 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5349 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5350 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5351 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5352 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5353 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5354 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5356 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5357 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5358 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5359 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5360 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5361 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5363 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5364 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5365 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5366 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5367 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5368 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5369 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5371 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5373 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5374 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5375 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5377 ;;;***
5378 \f
5379 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5380 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15724
5381 ;;;;;; 63538))
5382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5384 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5386 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5387 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5388 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5389 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5391 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5392 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5394 :filter FUNCTION
5396 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5397 menu displayed.
5399 :visible INCLUDE
5401 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5402 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5404 :active ENABLE
5406 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5407 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5409 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5411 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5413 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5415 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5416 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5418 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5419 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5421 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5423 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5425 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5427 :keys KEYS
5429 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5430 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5431 computed automatically.
5432 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5434 :key-sequence KEYS
5436 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5437 menu item.
5438 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5439 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5440 keyboard equivalent.
5442 :active ENABLE
5444 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5445 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5447 :included INCLUDE
5449 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5450 expression has a non-nil value.
5452 :suffix FORM
5454 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5455 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5457 :style STYLE
5459 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5460 defined:
5462 toggle: A checkbox.
5463 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5464 radio: A radio button.
5465 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5466 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5467 menu bar itself.
5468 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5470 :selected SELECTED
5472 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5473 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5475 :help HELP
5477 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5479 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5480 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5481 as a solid horizontal line.
5483 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5485 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5487 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5488 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5489 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5490 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5492 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5493 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5494 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5495 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5496 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5497 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5499 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5500 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5501 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5503 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5504 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5506 ;;;***
5507 \f
5508 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5509 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5510 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5511 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5512 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15292 51820))
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5515 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5516 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5518 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5519 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5521 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5522 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5523 it to the printer.
5525 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5526 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5527 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5528 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5530 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5531 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5532 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5534 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5535 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5536 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5537 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5539 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5541 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5542 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5543 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5545 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5547 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5548 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5550 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5551 The EPS file name has the following form:
5553 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5555 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5558 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5559 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5563 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5565 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5566 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5568 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5569 The EPS file name has the following form:
5571 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5573 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5576 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5577 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5581 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5583 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5585 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5586 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5588 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5589 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5591 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5592 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5594 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5595 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5597 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5598 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5600 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5601 Set STYLE to current style.
5603 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5605 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5606 Reset current style.
5608 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5610 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5611 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5613 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5615 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5616 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5618 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5620 ;;;***
5621 \f
5622 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5623 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5624 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5625 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5626 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5627 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15664 47250))
5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5630 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5631 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5632 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5633 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5634 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5637 Tree mode key bindings:
5640 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5641 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5643 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5644 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5645 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5646 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5647 completion." t nil)
5649 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5650 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5651 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5652 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5654 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5655 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5656 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5658 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5659 Search for call sites of a member.
5660 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5661 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5662 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5663 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5665 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5666 Move backward in the position stack.
5667 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5669 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5670 Move forward in the position stack.
5671 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5673 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5674 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5676 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5677 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5679 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5680 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5681 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5682 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5684 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5685 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5687 ;;;***
5688 \f
5689 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5690 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
5691 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5693 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5694 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5695 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5696 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5698 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5699 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5700 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5702 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5703 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5704 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5706 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5710 ;;;***
5711 \f
5712 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5713 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15235 51726))
5714 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5716 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5717 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5718 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5720 ;;;***
5721 \f
5722 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5723 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15724 63538))
5724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5726 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5727 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5728 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5729 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5730 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5732 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5733 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5734 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5735 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5737 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5738 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5739 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5740 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5742 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5743 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5744 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5745 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5747 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5749 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5750 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5751 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5752 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5753 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5755 ;;;***
5756 \f
5757 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5758 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5759 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5760 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5761 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5762 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5763 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5764 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5765 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
5766 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15689 46993))
5767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5769 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5770 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5772 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5773 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5775 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5777 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5779 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
5780 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
5781 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5782 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original." t nil)
5784 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5785 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5787 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5789 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5790 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5792 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5794 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5795 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5796 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5797 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5799 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5801 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5802 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5803 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5804 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5806 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5808 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5809 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5810 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5811 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5813 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5815 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5816 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5817 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5818 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5820 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5822 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5823 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5824 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5825 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5826 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5827 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5830 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5831 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5832 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5834 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5836 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5837 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5838 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5839 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5841 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5843 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5845 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5846 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5847 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5848 follows:
5849 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5850 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5852 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5853 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5854 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5855 follows:
5856 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5857 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5859 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5860 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5861 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
5862 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
5863 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
5864 region.
5865 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5866 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5868 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5869 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
5870 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
5871 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
5872 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
5873 region.
5874 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5875 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5876 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5878 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5880 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5881 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5883 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5884 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5886 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5888 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5889 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5891 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5892 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5894 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5895 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5896 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5897 buffer." t nil)
5899 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5900 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5901 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5902 buffer." t nil)
5904 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5905 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5906 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5907 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5909 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5910 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5911 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5912 and don't ask the user.
5913 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5914 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5916 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5917 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5918 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5919 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5920 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5921 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5923 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5925 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5927 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5928 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5929 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5930 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5931 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5933 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5935 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5936 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5937 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5939 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5940 Display Ediff's manual.
5941 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5943 ;;;***
5944 \f
5945 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5946 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
5947 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5949 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5951 ;;;***
5952 \f
5953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15235 51726))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5956 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5958 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5960 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5962 ;;;***
5963 \f
5964 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5965 ;;;;;; (15513 1037))
5966 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5968 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5969 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5971 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5973 ;;;***
5974 \f
5975 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5976 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15698 64354))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5979 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5980 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5981 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5982 which see." t nil)
5984 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5985 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5986 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5987 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5989 ;;;***
5990 \f
5991 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5992 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5993 ;;;;;; (15714 4504))
5994 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5996 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5997 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6000 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6001 Edit a keyboard macro.
6002 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6003 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6004 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6005 its command name.
6006 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6008 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6009 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6011 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6012 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6014 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6015 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6017 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6021 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6022 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6023 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6024 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6026 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6027 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6028 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6029 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6030 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6031 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6033 ;;;***
6034 \f
6035 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6036 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15669 50257))
6037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6039 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6040 Set scroll margins.
6041 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6042 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6044 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6045 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6047 ;;;***
6048 \f
6049 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (15034 50695))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6053 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6055 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6056 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6057 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6058 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6059 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6060 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6062 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6063 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6066 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6067 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6068 this value is non-nil.
6070 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6071 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6072 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6074 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6075 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6076 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6078 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6080 ;;;***
6081 \f
6082 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6083 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15419 34666))
6084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6086 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6087 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6089 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6090 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6091 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6093 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6094 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6095 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6096 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6097 from the documentation string if possible.
6099 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6100 instead.
6102 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6104 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6105 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6107 ;;;***
6108 \f
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15707
6110 ;;;;;; 34351))
6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6113 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6114 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6116 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6117 an elided material again.
6119 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6124 ;;;;;; (15396 35994))
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6127 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6128 Initialize elint." t nil)
6130 ;;;***
6131 \f
6132 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6133 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
6134 ;;;;;; 37958))
6135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6137 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6138 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6139 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6141 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6142 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6143 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6145 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6146 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6147 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6151 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6152 Display current profiling results.
6153 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6154 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6155 displayed." t nil)
6157 ;;;***
6158 \f
6159 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6160 ;;;;;; (15672 42728))
6161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6163 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6164 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6165 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6167 ;;;***
6168 \f
6169 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6170 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6171 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6172 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6173 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
6174 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6176 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6178 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6180 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6182 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6184 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6186 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6188 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6190 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6192 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6194 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6195 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6197 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6198 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6200 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6201 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6203 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6204 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6206 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6208 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6210 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6212 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6214 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6215 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6217 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6218 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6220 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6222 ;;;***
6223 \f
6224 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6225 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
6226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6228 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6229 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6230 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6234 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6236 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6238 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6239 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6240 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6242 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6244 automatically.
6246 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6247 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6250 ;;;***
6251 \f
6252 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6253 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 38780))
6254 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6256 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6257 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6258 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6259 text/enriched format.
6260 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6262 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6263 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6265 Commands:
6269 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6271 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6273 ;;;***
6274 \f
6275 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15623
6276 ;;;;;; 551))
6277 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6279 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6280 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6284 ;;;***
6285 \f
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6287 ;;;;;; 10698))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6290 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6291 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6293 ;;;***
6294 \f
6295 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6296 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15683 14756))
6297 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6299 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6300 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6301 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6302 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6303 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6304 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
6305 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
6306 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
6307 buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6309 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6310 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6311 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6313 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6314 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6315 The result might be any Lisp object.
6316 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6317 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6318 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6320 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6321 Report a bug in Eshell.
6322 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6323 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6328 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6329 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6330 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6331 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6332 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6333 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6336 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6337 *File name of tags table.
6338 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6339 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6340 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6341 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6343 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6344 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6345 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6346 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6348 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6349 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6351 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6352 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6353 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6355 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6356 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6357 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6358 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6359 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6360 `auto-compression-mode').")
6362 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6363 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6364 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6365 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6366 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6368 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6373 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6375 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6376 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6377 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6379 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6380 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6381 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6382 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6385 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6387 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6388 file the tag was in." t nil)
6390 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6391 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6392 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6393 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6394 without directory names." nil nil)
6396 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6397 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6398 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6399 but does not select the buffer.
6400 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6402 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6403 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6404 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6405 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6408 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6410 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6412 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6414 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6416 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6417 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6418 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6419 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6421 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6422 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6423 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6424 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6427 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6429 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6431 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6433 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6434 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6436 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6437 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6438 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6439 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6440 around or before point.
6442 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6443 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6444 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6445 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6448 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6450 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6452 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6454 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6455 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6457 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6458 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6459 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6460 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6461 around or before point.
6463 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6464 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6465 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6466 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6469 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6471 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6473 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6475 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6476 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6478 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6479 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6480 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6482 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6483 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6484 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6485 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6488 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6490 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6492 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6494 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6495 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6496 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6498 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6502 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6503 where they were found." t nil)
6505 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6506 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6508 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6509 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6510 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6512 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6513 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6515 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6516 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6518 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6520 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6521 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6523 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6524 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6525 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6526 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6527 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6528 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6530 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6531 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6532 Stops when a match is found.
6535 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6537 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6538 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6539 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6543 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6545 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6546 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6547 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6548 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6549 directory specification." t nil)
6551 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6552 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6554 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6555 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6556 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6557 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6559 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6560 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6561 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6562 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6565 ;;;***
6566 \f
6567 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6568 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6569 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6570 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6571 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6572 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6573 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6574 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15707 34351))
6575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6577 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6579 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6580 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6581 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6582 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6584 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6585 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6586 language.
6588 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6589 even if the buffer is read-only.
6591 See also the descriptions of the variables
6592 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6593 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6595 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6596 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6598 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6599 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6601 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6602 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6603 language.
6605 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6606 buffer is read-only.
6608 See also the descriptions of the variables
6609 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6610 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6612 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6613 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6614 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6616 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6617 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6620 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6622 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6623 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6625 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6627 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6630 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6631 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6632 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6633 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6635 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6636 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6637 the primary language.
6639 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6640 buffer is read-only.
6642 See also the descriptions of the variables
6643 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6644 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6646 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6647 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6648 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6649 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6651 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6652 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6653 primary language.
6655 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6656 buffer is read-only.
6658 See also the descriptions of the variables
6659 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6660 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6662 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6663 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6664 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6666 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6667 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6669 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6672 3) convert the body into SERA.
6674 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6676 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6680 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6681 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6683 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6684 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6686 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6687 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6688 be 1, 2, or 3.
6690 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6691 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6692 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6694 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6696 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6697 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6699 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6700 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6701 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6703 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6704 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6706 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6707 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6709 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6710 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6712 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6713 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6715 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6716 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6718 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6719 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6721 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6722 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6724 ;;;***
6725 \f
6726 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6727 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6728 ;;;;;; (15429 14345))
6729 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6731 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6732 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6733 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6734 server for future sessions." t nil)
6736 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6737 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6739 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6740 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6742 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6743 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6744 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6745 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6746 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6747 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6748 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6749 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6750 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6751 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6752 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6753 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6755 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6756 Display a form to query the directory server.
6757 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6758 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6760 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6761 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6762 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6764 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6766 ;;;***
6767 \f
6768 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6769 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6770 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6791 ;;;***
6792 \f
6793 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6794 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6798 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6804 ;;;***
6805 \f
6806 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6807 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
6808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6813 ;;;***
6814 \f
6815 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6816 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6817 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
6818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6821 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6825 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6826 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6827 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6828 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6832 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6836 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6837 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6840 ;;;***
6841 \f
6842 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6843 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
6844 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6847 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6848 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6849 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6851 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6853 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6854 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6855 to generate such functions.
6857 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6858 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6859 beginning of the expanded text.
6861 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6862 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6863 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6864 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6869 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6873 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6878 ;;;***
6879 \f
6880 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15707 44427))
6881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6884 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6892 Key definitions:
6895 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6897 f90-do-indent
6898 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6899 f90-if-indent
6900 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6901 f90-type-indent
6902 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6903 f90-program-indent
6904 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6905 (default 2)
6906 f90-continuation-indent
6907 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6908 f90-comment-region
6911 f90-indented-comment-re
6912 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6914 f90-directive-comment-re
6917 f90-break-delimiters
6918 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6920 f90-break-before-delimiters
6921 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6922 (default t)
6923 f90-beginning-ampersand
6924 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6925 f90-smart-end
6926 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6927 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6928 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6929 f90-auto-keyword-case
6930 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6931 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6932 f90-leave-line-no
6933 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6934 f90-keywords-re
6935 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6937 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6940 ;;;***
6941 \f
6942 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
6943 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
6944 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
6945 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
6946 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15657 51987))
6947 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6951 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6956 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6961 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6966 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6967 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6969 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6971 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6972 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6974 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6976 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6977 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6979 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6981 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6982 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6984 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6986 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6988 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6990 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6992 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6993 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6994 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6995 will not show through at all will be removed.
6997 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
6999 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7000 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7001 requested face.
7003 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7004 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7005 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7007 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7008 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7009 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7011 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7012 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7013 requested face.
7015 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7016 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7017 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7019 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7020 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7021 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7023 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7024 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7025 requested face.
7027 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7028 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7029 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7031 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7032 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7033 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7034 is the menu item's name.
7036 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7037 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7038 requested face.
7040 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7041 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7042 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7044 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7045 Make the region invisible.
7046 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7047 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7049 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7050 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7051 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7052 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7054 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7055 Make the region unmodifiable.
7056 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7057 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7059 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7060 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7062 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7063 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7065 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7067 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7069 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7070 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7072 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7073 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7074 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7075 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7076 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7078 ;;;***
7079 \f
7080 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7081 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
7082 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7084 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7085 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7086 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7087 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7089 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7091 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7092 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7093 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7095 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7096 - When you save the file's buffer.
7097 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7098 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7099 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7100 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7104 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7105 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7106 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7107 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7109 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7110 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7112 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7114 ;;;***
7115 \f
7116 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7117 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7118 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15626 5163))
7119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7121 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7122 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7123 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7124 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7126 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7127 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7129 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7130 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7131 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7132 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7134 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7135 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7136 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7137 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7138 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7140 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7141 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7142 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7143 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7144 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7145 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7146 internally by feedmail):
7148 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7149 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7150 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7151 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7153 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7154 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7155 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7156 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7157 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7159 ;;;***
7160 \f
7161 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7162 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 17069))
7163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7165 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7166 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7167 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7168 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7169 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7170 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7171 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7173 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7174 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7175 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7176 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7177 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7178 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7179 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7181 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7183 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7185 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7186 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7187 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7188 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7189 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7190 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7192 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7193 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7194 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7195 Return value:
7196 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7197 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7198 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7200 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7201 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7203 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7204 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7206 ;;;***
7207 \f
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7209 ;;;;;; (15567 16400))
7210 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7212 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7213 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7214 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7215 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7216 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7217 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7218 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7219 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7220 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7221 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7223 ;;;***
7224 \f
7225 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7226 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15593 24723))
7227 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7229 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7230 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7231 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7232 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7233 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7235 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7236 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7237 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7238 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7240 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7241 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7242 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7246 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7247 as the final argument." t nil)
7249 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7250 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7251 and run dired on those files.
7252 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7253 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7255 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7257 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7258 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7259 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7263 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7265 ;;;***
7266 \f
7267 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7268 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7269 ;;;;;; (15561 55028))
7270 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7272 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7273 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7274 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7276 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7278 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7279 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7280 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7282 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7283 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7285 Variables of interest include:
7287 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7288 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7289 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7291 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7292 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7293 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7295 - `ff-ignore-include'
7296 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7298 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7299 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7301 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7302 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7304 - `ff-special-constructs'
7305 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7306 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7307 extracting the filename from that construct.
7309 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7310 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7312 - `ff-search-directories'
7313 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7314 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7316 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7317 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7319 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7320 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7322 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7323 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7325 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7326 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7328 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7329 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7331 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7332 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7334 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7335 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7337 ;;;***
7338 \f
7339 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7340 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7341 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7342 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7343 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func"
7344 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15707 34351))
7345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7347 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
7348 Search for SYMBOL.
7349 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
7350 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY." nil nil)
7352 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7353 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7355 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7356 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7357 not selected.
7359 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7360 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7361 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7363 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7364 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7366 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7367 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7368 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7369 it is one of the current buffers.
7371 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7372 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7373 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7375 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7376 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7378 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7380 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7381 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7383 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7385 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7386 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7388 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7389 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7390 not selected.
7392 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7393 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7395 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7396 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7398 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7399 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7400 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7401 it is one of the current buffers.
7403 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7404 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7405 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7407 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7408 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7410 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7412 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7413 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7415 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7417 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7418 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7419 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7421 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7422 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7424 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7425 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7427 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7428 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7430 ;;;***
7431 \f
7432 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7433 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15235 51727))
7434 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7436 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7437 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7439 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7440 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7442 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7443 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7445 ;;;***
7446 \f
7447 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7448 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15518 17562))
7449 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7451 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7452 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7454 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7455 Display FILE's commentary section.
7456 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7458 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7459 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7461 ;;;***
7462 \f
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7464 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7467 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7468 Toggle flow control handling.
7470 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7472 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7473 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7475 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7477 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7479 ;;;***
7480 \f
7481 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7482 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7483 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 29858))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7486 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7487 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7488 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7490 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7491 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7493 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7495 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7497 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7498 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7499 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7500 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7501 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7502 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7504 Bindings:
7509 Hooks:
7510 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7512 Remark:
7513 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7514 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7515 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7517 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7518 consider adding:
7519 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7520 in your .emacs file.
7525 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7527 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7528 The flyspell version" t nil)
7530 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7531 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7533 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7534 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7536 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7537 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7539 ;;;***
7540 \f
7541 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7542 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7543 ;;;;;; (15626 5161))
7544 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7546 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7547 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7549 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7550 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7552 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7553 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7556 of two major techniques:
7558 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7559 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7560 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7562 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7563 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7564 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7565 movement commands.
7567 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7568 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7569 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7570 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7571 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7572 mileage may vary).
7574 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7577 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7579 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7580 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7581 \(This is the default.)
7583 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7584 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7586 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7589 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7590 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7592 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7593 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7594 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7595 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7596 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7597 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7599 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7600 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7601 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7603 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7604 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7605 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7607 ;;;***
7608 \f
7609 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7610 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7611 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15727 54455))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7614 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7616 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7617 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7618 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7619 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7620 Lock on.
7623 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7625 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7626 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7627 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7628 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7630 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7633 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7634 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7636 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7638 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7639 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7640 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7642 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7644 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7645 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7646 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7647 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7648 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7649 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7651 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7652 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7654 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7655 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7657 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7658 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7659 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7661 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7664 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7665 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7668 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7669 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7670 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7672 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7673 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7675 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7676 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7677 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7678 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7679 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7680 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7681 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7682 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7683 end of the current highlighting list.
7685 For example:
7687 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7691 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7692 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7694 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7695 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7696 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7698 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7699 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7700 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7702 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7703 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7705 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7706 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7708 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7709 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7710 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7712 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7713 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7714 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7718 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7720 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7722 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7723 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7724 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7725 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7726 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7728 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7729 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7731 ;;;***
7732 \f
7733 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7734 ;;;;;; (15400 43360))
7735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7737 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7738 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7739 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7740 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7741 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7743 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7744 compatibility.
7746 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7747 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7749 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7751 ;;;***
7752 \f
7753 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7754 ;;;;;; 11333))
7755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7757 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7758 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7760 key binding
7761 --- -------
7769 " t nil)
7771 ;;;***
7772 \f
7773 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7774 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 49016))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7777 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7778 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7780 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7781 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7782 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7783 C-c < forms-first-record <
7784 C-c > forms-last-record >
7785 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7786 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7787 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7788 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7789 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7790 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7791 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7792 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7793 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7794 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7795 " t nil)
7797 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7798 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7800 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7801 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7803 ;;;***
7804 \f
7805 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7806 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15724 63541))
7807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7809 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7810 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7811 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7812 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7813 with a character in column 6.")
7815 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7816 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7818 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7821 Fortran keywords.
7823 Key definitions:
7826 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7828 `comment-start'
7829 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7831 `fortran-do-indent'
7832 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7833 `fortran-if-indent'
7834 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7835 `fortran-structure-indent'
7836 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7837 (default 3)
7838 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7839 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7840 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7841 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7842 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7843 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7844 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7845 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7846 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7847 (for TAB format continuation style).
7848 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7849 indentation for a line of code.
7850 (default 'fixed)
7851 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7852 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7854 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7855 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7856 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7857 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7858 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7859 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7860 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7861 column 5. (default 1)
7862 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7864 statements. (default nil)
7865 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7867 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7868 statement. (default nil)
7869 `fortran-continuation-string'
7870 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7872 `fortran-comment-region'
7875 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7876 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7877 as typed. (default t)
7878 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7879 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7880 (default t)
7882 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7883 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7885 ;;;***
7886 \f
7887 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7888 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15235 51738))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7891 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7892 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7894 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7895 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7897 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7898 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7900 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7901 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7903 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7904 Compile fortune file.
7906 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7907 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7909 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7910 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7912 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7913 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7914 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7915 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7917 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7918 Display a fortune cookie.
7920 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7921 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7922 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7923 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7925 ;;;***
7926 \f
7927 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7928 ;;;;;; (15235 51727))
7929 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7931 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7932 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7934 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7935 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7937 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7938 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7939 function.
7941 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7942 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7943 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7944 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7945 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7946 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7948 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7949 Each keyword should be a string.
7951 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7952 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7954 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7955 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7956 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7958 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7960 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7962 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7963 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7964 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7965 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7967 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7968 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7970 ;;;***
7971 \f
7972 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7973 ;;;;;; (15252 4769))
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7976 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7977 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7978 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7979 at places they belong to." t nil)
7981 ;;;***
7982 \f
7983 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7984 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15468 20288))
7985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7987 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7988 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7990 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7991 Read network news.
7992 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7993 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7994 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7995 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7996 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7998 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7999 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8001 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8002 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8004 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8005 Read network news.
8006 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8007 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8008 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8010 ;;;***
8011 \f
8012 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8013 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8014 ;;;;;; (15235 51735))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8017 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8018 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8021 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8023 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8024 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8025 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8026 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8028 \(gnus-agentize)
8030 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8031 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8032 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8034 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8035 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8037 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8039 ;;;***
8040 \f
8041 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8042 ;;;;;; (15714 3658))
8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8045 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8046 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8048 ;;;***
8049 \f
8050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8051 ;;;;;; (15235 51735))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8054 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8055 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8057 ;;;***
8058 \f
8059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8060 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
8061 ;;;;;; 14811))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8064 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8065 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8067 Usage:
8068 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8070 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8071 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8073 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8074 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8076 ;;;***
8077 \f
8078 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8079 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15533 28774))
8080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8082 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8083 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8084 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8086 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8087 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8089 ;;;***
8090 \f
8091 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8092 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
8093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8095 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8097 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8098 Run batched scoring.
8099 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8101 ;;;***
8102 \f
8103 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8104 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15235 51735))
8105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8107 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8109 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8110 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8114 ;;;***
8115 \f
8116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8117 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8118 ;;;;;; (15468 20287))
8119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8121 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8122 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8123 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8124 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8125 group parameters.
8127 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8128 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8129 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8130 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8132 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8133 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8134 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8135 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8136 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8137 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8138 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8139 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8140 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8141 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8143 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8144 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8145 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8147 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8148 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8150 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8151 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8152 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8154 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8156 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8157 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8158 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8160 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8162 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8163 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8164 existing groups are considered.
8166 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8167 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8168 returned.
8170 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8171 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8172 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8173 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8174 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8175 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8176 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8177 clauses will be generated.
8179 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8180 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8181 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8182 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8183 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8184 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8186 For example, given the following group parameters:
8188 nnml:mail.bar:
8191 nnml:mail.foo:
8196 nnml:mail.others:
8197 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8207 ;;;***
8208 \f
8209 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8210 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8213 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8214 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8215 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8217 ;;;***
8218 \f
8219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15503
8220 ;;;;;; 34582))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8223 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8224 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8225 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8226 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8228 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8230 ;;;***
8231 \f
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8233 ;;;;;; (15235 51735))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8236 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8237 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8238 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8239 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8240 part is ignored.
8242 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8243 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8244 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8246 ;;;***
8247 \f
8248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8249 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8252 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8253 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8254 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8255 for matching on group names.
8257 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8262 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8264 ;;;***
8265 \f
8266 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8267 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8270 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8271 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8273 ;;;***
8274 \f
8275 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8276 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15669 50257))
8277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8279 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8280 Unload all Gnus features.
8281 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8282 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8283 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8285 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8286 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8288 ;;;***
8289 \f
8290 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8291 ;;;;;; (15276 56076))
8292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8294 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8295 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8297 ;;;***
8298 \f
8299 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15515 40568))
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8302 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8303 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8305 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8306 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8307 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8309 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8310 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8311 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8313 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8316 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8317 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8321 ;;;***
8322 \f
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8324 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 11763))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8327 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8328 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8329 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8330 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8331 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8333 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8334 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8335 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8336 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8337 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8339 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8340 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8341 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8342 or to send e-mail.
8343 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8345 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8346 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8348 ;;;***
8349 \f
8350 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15292 51818))
8351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8353 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8354 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8355 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8356 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8359 ;;;***
8360 \f
8361 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8362 ;;;;;; (15626 5161))
8363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8365 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8366 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8367 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8368 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8370 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8371 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8372 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8373 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8375 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8376 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8377 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8378 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8380 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8381 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8382 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8383 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8385 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8386 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8388 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8389 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8390 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8391 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8393 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8394 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8395 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8396 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8399 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8402 between it and it's value." t nil)
8405 ;;;***
8406 \f
8407 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15626
8408 ;;;;;; 5163))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8411 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8413 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8414 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8416 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8417 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8418 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8419 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8421 ;;;***
8422 \f
8423 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8424 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
8425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8427 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8428 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8430 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8431 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8432 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8433 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8435 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8437 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8438 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8439 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8440 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8441 to be updated." t nil)
8443 ;;;***
8444 \f
8445 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8446 ;;;;;; (15235 51729))
8447 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8449 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8450 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8451 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8452 and window listing and describing the options.
8453 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8456 ;;;***
8457 \f
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8459 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15235 51733))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8462 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8463 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8465 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8466 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8468 ;;;***
8469 \f
8470 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8471 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15669 50255))
8472 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8474 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8476 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8477 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8478 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8480 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8481 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8484 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8485 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8486 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8488 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8489 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8490 periods.
8492 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8493 in hexl format.
8495 A sample format:
8497 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8498 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8499 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8500 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8501 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8502 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8503 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8504 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8505 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8506 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8507 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8508 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8509 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8510 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8511 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8513 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8514 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8515 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8517 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8518 also supported.
8520 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8522 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8523 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8524 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8527 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8528 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8531 into the buffer at the current point.
8534 into the buffer at the current point.
8537 into the buffer at the current point.
8541 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8542 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8548 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8549 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8550 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8552 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8553 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8554 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8556 ;;;***
8557 \f
8558 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8559 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8560 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15450
8561 ;;;;;; 60623))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8564 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8566 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8567 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8569 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8571 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8573 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8574 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8576 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8579 which can be called interactively, are:
8582 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8585 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8586 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8587 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8590 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8593 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8596 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8598 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8600 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8603 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8605 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8606 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8607 Hi-lock: FOO
8608 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8609 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8610 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8611 will be read until
8612 Hi-lock: end
8613 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8615 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8617 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8618 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8620 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8621 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8622 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8623 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8625 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8627 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8628 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8630 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8631 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8632 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8633 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8635 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8637 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8638 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8640 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8641 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8643 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8645 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8646 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8648 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8649 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8650 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8651 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8652 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8654 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8655 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8657 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8658 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8659 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8661 ;;;***
8662 \f
8663 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8664 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15496 13874))
8665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8667 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8668 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8669 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8670 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8671 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8672 how the hiding is done:
8674 `hide-ifdef-env'
8675 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8676 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8677 is used.
8679 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8680 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8681 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8682 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8683 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8685 `hide-ifdef-lines'
8686 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8687 #endif lines when hiding.
8689 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8690 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8691 is activated.
8693 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8694 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8695 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8699 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8700 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8702 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8703 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8705 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8706 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8708 ;;;***
8709 \f
8710 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8711 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15626 5163))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8714 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8715 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8717 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8718 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8719 Each element has the form
8720 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8722 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8723 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8725 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8726 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8728 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8729 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8730 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8731 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8732 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8734 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8735 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8737 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8738 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8740 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8741 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8742 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8744 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8745 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8746 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8747 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8748 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8749 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8751 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8752 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8753 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8755 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8756 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8758 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8760 Key bindings:
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8766 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8767 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8768 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15556 56033))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8771 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8773 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8774 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8775 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8777 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8778 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8780 Without an argument:
8781 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8782 or passive state as determined by the variable
8783 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8784 and passive state.
8786 With an argument ARG:
8787 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8788 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8789 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8791 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8792 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8793 not displayed in a different face.
8795 Functions:
8799 buffer with the contents of a file
8802 various faces.
8804 Hook variables:
8805 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8806 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8807 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8809 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8810 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8812 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8813 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8815 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8816 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8818 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8819 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8820 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8821 shown in the last face in the list.
8823 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8824 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8825 buffer to be saved):
8827 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8829 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8830 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8832 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8833 and must not be read-only.
8835 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8836 this function is called interactively.
8838 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8839 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8840 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8842 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8846 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8847 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8849 When called interactively:
8850 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8851 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8852 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8853 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8855 When called from a program:
8856 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8857 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8858 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8859 - otherwise just turn it on
8861 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8863 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8866 ;;;***
8867 \f
8868 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8869 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8870 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8871 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8872 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
8873 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8875 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8876 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8877 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8878 or insert functions in this list.")
8880 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8881 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8883 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8884 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8886 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8887 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8889 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8890 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8892 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8893 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8894 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8897 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8898 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8899 \(as atoms)")
8901 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8902 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8903 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8904 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
8905 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8907 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8908 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8909 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8910 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8911 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8912 expansions.
8913 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8915 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8917 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8918 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8919 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8920 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8922 ;;;***
8923 \f
8924 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
8925 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8928 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8929 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8930 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8931 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8932 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8934 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
8935 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
8936 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8940 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8942 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8944 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8945 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
8946 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8947 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
8948 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
8950 ;;;***
8951 \f
8952 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8953 ;;;;;; (15125 40269))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8956 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
8957 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
8958 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
8960 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
8962 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8963 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8965 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8966 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8968 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8970 ;;;***
8971 \f
8972 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8973 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8976 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8977 This function is obsolete.
8978 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8979 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8981 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8982 This function is obsolete.
8983 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8984 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8986 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8987 This function is obsolete.
8988 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8989 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8994 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15707 44426))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8997 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8998 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8999 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9001 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9002 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9003 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9005 ;;;***
9006 \f
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9010 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9011 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9012 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9013 Tab indents for Icon code.
9014 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9015 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9017 Variables controlling indentation style:
9018 icon-tab-always-indent
9019 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9020 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9021 icon-auto-newline
9022 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9023 inserted in Icon code.
9024 icon-indent-level
9025 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9026 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9027 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9028 icon-continued-statement-offset
9029 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9030 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9031 icon-continued-brace-offset
9032 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9033 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9034 icon-brace-offset
9035 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9036 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9037 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9038 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9040 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9041 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9043 ;;;***
9044 \f
9045 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9046 ;;;;;; (15671 13114))
9047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9049 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9050 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9051 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9052 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9054 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9055 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9056 separate frames.
9058 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
9059 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
9061 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9062 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9063 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9070 ;;;;;; (15671 13114))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9073 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9074 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9076 The main features of this mode are
9078 1. Indentation and Formatting
9079 --------------------------
9080 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9081 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9084 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
9085 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
9086 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9088 Comments are indented as follows:
9090 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9091 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9092 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9094 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9097 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
9098 relative to the first will be retained. Use
9100 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
9101 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
9102 recommended).
9104 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9109 2. Routine Info
9110 ------------
9111 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
9112 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
9114 source file of a module. These commands know about system
9115 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
9116 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
9118 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9120 3. Online IDL Help
9121 ---------------
9123 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9124 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9125 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9126 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9128 4. Completion
9129 ----------
9131 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9132 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9133 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9134 mixed or upper case.
9136 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9137 --------------------------------
9138 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9153 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9156 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9159 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9160 -------------------------
9161 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9162 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9164 7. Automatic END completion
9165 ------------------------
9166 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9167 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9169 8. Hooks
9170 -----
9171 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9172 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9174 9. Documentation and Customization
9175 -------------------------------
9176 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
9178 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
9179 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
9180 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9182 10.Keybindings
9183 -----------
9184 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9186 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9190 ;;;***
9191 \f
9192 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15712 52093))
9193 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9194 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9196 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9197 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9198 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9200 ;;;***
9201 \f
9202 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9203 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9204 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15698 64354))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9207 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9208 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9209 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9210 be determined." nil nil)
9212 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9213 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9214 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9215 be determined." nil nil)
9217 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9218 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9219 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9221 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9222 Create an image.
9223 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9224 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9225 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9226 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9227 use its file extension as image type.
9228 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9229 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9230 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9231 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9233 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9234 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9235 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9236 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9237 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9238 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9239 POS may be an integer or marker.
9240 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9241 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9242 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9243 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9245 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9246 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9247 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9248 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9249 defaulted if you omit it.
9250 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9251 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9252 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9253 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9255 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9256 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9257 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9258 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9260 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9261 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9263 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9265 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9266 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9267 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9268 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9269 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9270 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9271 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9272 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9273 satisfied.
9275 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9277 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9278 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9280 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9281 documentation string.
9283 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9284 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9285 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9286 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9287 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9288 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9289 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9290 define SYMBOL.
9292 Example:
9297 ;;;***
9298 \f
9299 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9300 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9301 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15579 13239))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9304 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
9305 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9306 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9307 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9309 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9310 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9311 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9314 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9315 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9316 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9317 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9319 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9320 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9321 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
9324 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9325 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9327 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9328 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9329 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9330 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9332 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9333 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9334 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9338 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9340 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9342 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9343 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9344 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9345 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9347 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9348 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9349 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9351 ;;;***
9352 \f
9353 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9354 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15707 34351))
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9357 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9358 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9360 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9362 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9363 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9364 in the buffer.
9366 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9368 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9369 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9370 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9372 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9373 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9375 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9376 to create a buffer index.
9378 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9379 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9380 or like this:
9381 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9382 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9383 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9384 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9385 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9387 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9388 entries are not nested.
9390 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9391 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9392 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9393 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9395 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9396 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9398 The variable is buffer-local.
9400 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9401 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9402 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9404 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9405 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9407 during matching.")
9409 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9411 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9412 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9414 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9415 of the current buffer as an alist.
9417 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9418 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9419 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9420 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9421 if it is a sub-alist.
9423 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9425 The variable is buffer-local.")
9427 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9429 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9430 Function for finding the next index position.
9432 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9433 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9434 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9435 file.
9437 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9438 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9440 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9442 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9444 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9445 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9447 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9448 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9449 It should return the name for that index item.
9451 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9453 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9455 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9456 Function to compare string with index item.
9458 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9459 non-nil if they match.
9461 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9462 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9466 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9468 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9470 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9471 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9472 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9474 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9476 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9478 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9480 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9481 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9482 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9483 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9485 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9488 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9490 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9491 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9492 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9493 for more information." t nil)
9495 ;;;***
9496 \f
9497 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9498 ;;;;;; (15669 50258))
9499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9502 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9503 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9504 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9505 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9507 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9508 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9511 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9512 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9513 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9514 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9516 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9517 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9520 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9522 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9523 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9525 This variable is only used if the variable
9526 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9528 More precise choices:
9533 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9535 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9536 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9538 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9539 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9540 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9541 to that buffer.
9542 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9543 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9544 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9546 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9548 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9550 ;;;***
9551 \f
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9553 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9554 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
9555 ;;;;;; (15685 15800))
9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9558 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9559 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9560 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9562 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9563 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9564 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9565 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9566 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9567 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9569 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9570 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9572 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9573 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9574 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9576 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" nil t nil)
9578 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9579 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9580 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9583 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9584 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9586 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9587 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9588 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9589 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9590 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9592 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9593 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9594 KEY is a string.
9595 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9596 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9597 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9598 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9600 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9601 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9602 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9604 ;;;***
9605 \f
9606 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9607 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9608 ;;;;;; (15707 44426))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9611 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9612 Throw away all cached data.
9613 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9614 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9615 system." t nil)
9617 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9618 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9619 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9620 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9621 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9622 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9624 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9626 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9627 Display the documentation of a file.
9628 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9629 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9630 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9631 The default file name is the one found at point.
9633 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9635 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9636 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9638 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9639 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9641 ;;;***
9642 \f
9643 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9644 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15235 51729))
9645 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9647 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9648 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9650 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9651 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9652 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9654 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9655 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9656 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9658 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9659 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9660 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9661 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9663 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9664 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9665 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9667 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9668 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9669 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9670 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9673 ;;;***
9674 \f
9675 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9676 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (15252 4769))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9680 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9681 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9683 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9684 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9686 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9688 ;;;***
9689 \f
9690 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9691 ;;;;;; (15640 49863))
9692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9694 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9695 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9696 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9697 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9699 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9701 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9702 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9704 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9705 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9706 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9708 /a gives a with ring.
9709 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9710 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9711 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9712 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9714 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9715 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9717 ;;;***
9718 \f
9719 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9720 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9721 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9722 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15235 51737))
9723 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9725 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9726 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9727 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9728 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9730 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9731 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9732 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9733 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9735 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9736 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9737 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9738 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9740 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9741 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9742 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9743 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9745 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9746 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9747 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9748 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9750 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9751 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9752 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9753 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9755 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9756 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9757 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9758 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9760 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9761 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9763 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9765 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9766 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9768 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9770 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9771 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9773 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9774 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9776 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9777 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9779 ;;;***
9780 \f
9781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9782 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
9783 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9784 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9785 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9786 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9788 ;;;***
9789 \f
9790 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9791 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9792 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9793 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9794 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9795 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15686 22779))
9796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9799 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9801 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9802 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9804 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9806 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9807 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9808 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9810 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9812 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9814 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9816 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
9818 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
9820 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9822 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9823 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9825 Each element of this list is also a list:
9827 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9828 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9830 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9831 nil means the default dictionary.
9833 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9834 word.
9836 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9838 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9839 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9840 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9841 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9845 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9846 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9848 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9849 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9850 single word.
9852 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9853 subprocess.
9855 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9856 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9858 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9859 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9860 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9861 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9862 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9864 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9866 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9867 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9868 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9870 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9871 Key map for ispell menu.")
9873 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9874 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9875 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9878 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9880 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
9882 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9884 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9886 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9888 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9889 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9890 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9891 Valid forms include:
9892 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9893 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9894 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9895 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9897 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9898 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9899 First list is used raw.
9902 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9903 for skipping in latex mode.")
9905 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9907 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9908 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9909 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9910 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9912 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9913 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9914 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9915 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9916 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9918 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9919 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9921 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9926 return values:
9927 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9928 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9931 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9933 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
9934 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
9935 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
9937 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9938 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9940 Selections are:
9942 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9943 SPC: Accept word this time.
9944 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9945 `a': Accept word for this session.
9946 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9947 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9948 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9949 `?': Show these commands.
9950 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9951 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9952 the aborted check to be completed later.
9953 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9954 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9955 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9956 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9957 `C-l': redraws screen
9958 `C-r': recursive edit
9959 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9961 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9962 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9963 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9965 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9966 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9967 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9969 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9971 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
9973 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9974 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9975 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9976 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9978 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9979 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9981 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9982 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9984 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9985 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9987 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9988 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
9989 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9990 sequence inside of a word.
9992 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9994 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9995 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9997 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9998 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9999 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10000 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10002 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10003 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10004 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10005 available on the net." t nil)
10007 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10008 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10009 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10011 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10012 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10014 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10017 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10018 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10019 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10020 Don't check included messages.
10022 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10023 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10024 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10026 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10027 in your .emacs file:
10028 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10029 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10030 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10031 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10033 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10034 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10037 ;;;***
10038 \f
10039 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10040 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10041 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15544 37705))
10042 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10044 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10045 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10046 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10047 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10048 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10049 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10051 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10052 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10053 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10054 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10056 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10058 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10059 Switch to another buffer.
10061 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10062 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10063 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10064 in another frame.
10067 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10068 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10069 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10072 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10073 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10074 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10077 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10078 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10079 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10082 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10083 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10084 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10088 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10090 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10092 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10093 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10094 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10095 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10096 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10098 ;;;***
10099 \f
10100 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10101 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10102 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10103 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15235 51737))
10104 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10106 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10108 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10109 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10110 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10111 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10112 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10113 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10114 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10115 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10117 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10118 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10119 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10120 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10122 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10123 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10124 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10125 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10126 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10128 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10129 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10130 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10131 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10133 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10134 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10135 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10136 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10138 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10139 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10141 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10142 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10143 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10144 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10145 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10147 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10148 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10149 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10150 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10151 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10153 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10154 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10155 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10157 ;;;***
10158 \f
10159 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15361
10160 ;;;;;; 12869))
10161 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10163 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10164 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10165 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10166 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10167 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10169 ;;;***
10170 \f
10171 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10172 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15626 5161))
10173 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10175 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10176 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10177 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10181 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10183 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10185 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10186 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10187 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10188 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10190 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10191 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10193 ;;;***
10194 \f
10195 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10196 ;;;;;; (15235 51737))
10197 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10199 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10200 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10201 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10203 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10204 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10205 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10206 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10207 shorter.
10209 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10210 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10211 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10213 ;;;***
10214 \f
10215 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15235
10216 ;;;;;; 51737))
10217 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10219 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10220 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10221 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10222 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10223 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10224 positions that contains the current selection.")
10226 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10227 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10228 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10229 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10230 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10231 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10232 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10234 ;;;***
10235 \f
10236 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10237 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15235 51737))
10238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10240 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10241 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10244 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10246 ;;;***
10247 \f
10248 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10249 ;;;;;; (15371 13685))
10250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10252 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10254 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10255 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10257 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10259 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10260 Start or resume an Lm game.
10261 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10262 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10264 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10265 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10266 none / 1 | yes | no
10267 2 | yes | yes
10268 3 | no | yes
10269 4 | no | no
10272 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10275 ;;;***
10276 \f
10277 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
10278 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
10279 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15377
10280 ;;;;;; 2041))
10281 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10283 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10285 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10286 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10287 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10288 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10289 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10290 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10292 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10293 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10295 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10296 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10298 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10300 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10301 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10302 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10303 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10304 to compose.
10306 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10308 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10310 ;;;***
10311 \f
10312 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
10313 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
10314 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10316 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10317 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10318 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10319 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10320 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10321 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10322 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10323 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10325 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
10326 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
10328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10329 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10331 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10333 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10335 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10336 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10337 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10338 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10339 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
10340 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
10341 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
10342 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
10344 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
10345 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
10346 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
10347 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
10349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10350 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10352 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
10354 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
10356 ;;;***
10357 \f
10358 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10359 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15510 21813))
10360 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10362 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10363 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10364 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10365 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10367 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10369 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
10370 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
10371 JIT Lock's favor.
10373 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10375 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10376 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10377 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10378 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10379 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10380 for large buffers.
10382 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10383 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10384 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10385 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10386 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10388 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10389 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10390 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10391 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10392 slow to keep up with your typing.
10394 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10395 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10396 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10397 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10398 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10399 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10401 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10402 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10403 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10404 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10406 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10407 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10408 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10411 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10412 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10413 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10414 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10415 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10417 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10418 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10420 ;;;***
10421 \f
10422 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10423 ;;;;;; (15235 51729))
10424 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10426 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10427 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10429 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10430 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10432 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10433 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10435 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10437 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10439 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10443 and transmit saved text.
10445 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10446 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10448 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10450 ;;;***
10451 \f
10452 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15021 26))
10453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10455 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10456 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10457 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10458 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10459 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10461 ;;;***
10462 \f
10463 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14846
10464 ;;;;;; 46315))
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10467 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10468 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10469 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10470 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10472 ;;;***
10473 \f
10474 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10475 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10478 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10479 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10480 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10482 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10483 Run the locate command with a filter.
10485 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10486 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10488 ;;;***
10489 \f
10490 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
10491 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10493 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10494 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10496 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10497 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10500 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10501 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10502 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10503 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10504 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10505 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10507 ;;;***
10508 \f
10509 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
10510 ;;;;;; 51653))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10513 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10514 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10516 ;;;***
10517 \f
10518 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10519 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15595
10520 ;;;;;; 6759))
10521 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10523 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10525 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10527 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10528 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10529 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10531 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10532 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10534 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10539 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10542 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10543 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10544 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10545 switch on this list.
10546 See `lpr-command'.")
10548 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10549 *Name of program for printing a file.
10551 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10552 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10553 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10554 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10555 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10556 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10557 argument.")
10559 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10560 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10561 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10562 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10564 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10565 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10567 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10568 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10569 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10570 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10572 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10573 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10575 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10576 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10578 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10579 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10580 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10581 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10583 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10584 Paginate and print the region contents.
10586 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10587 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10588 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10589 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10591 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10592 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10594 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10595 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10597 ;;;***
10598 \f
10599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15407 18714))
10600 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10602 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10604 ;;;***
10605 \f
10606 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15683
10607 ;;;;;; 14756))
10608 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10610 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10611 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10612 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10614 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10616 ;;;***
10617 \f
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15235
10619 ;;;;;; 51740))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10622 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10623 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10625 " t nil)
10627 ;;;***
10628 \f
10629 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10630 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15235 51729))
10631 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10633 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10634 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10635 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10636 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10639 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10640 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10641 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10642 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10644 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10645 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10646 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10647 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10648 bindings.
10650 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10651 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10653 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10654 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10655 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10656 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10657 each time the macro executes.
10658 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10666 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10667 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10668 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10670 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10671 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10672 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10673 execute.
10675 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10676 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10678 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10679 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10680 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10681 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10684 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10685 looked like this:
10691 You could enter the names in this format:
10693 foo
10694 bar
10695 baz
10697 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10703 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10705 " t nil)
10706 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10708 ;;;***
10709 \f
10710 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10711 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15661 53043))
10712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10714 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10715 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10716 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10717 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10719 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10720 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10721 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10722 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10723 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10725 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10726 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10727 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10728 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10730 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10731 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10733 ;;;***
10734 \f
10735 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10736 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10737 ;;;;;; (15235 51737))
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10740 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10741 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10743 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10745 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10746 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10748 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10749 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10750 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10751 message.
10753 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10755 ;;;***
10756 \f
10757 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10758 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10759 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15513
10760 ;;;;;; 1037))
10761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10763 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10764 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10765 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10766 often correct parser.")
10768 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10770 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10772 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10773 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10775 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10777 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10778 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10780 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10782 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10783 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10785 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10786 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10787 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10788 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10789 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10790 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10792 ;;;***
10793 \f
10794 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10795 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15664 47249))
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10798 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10799 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10801 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10802 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10803 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10805 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10806 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10807 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10809 ;;;***
10810 \f
10811 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10812 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
10813 ;;;;;; 63149))
10814 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10816 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10818 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10819 king@grassland.com
10820 If `parens', they look like:
10821 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10822 If `angles', they look like:
10823 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10825 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10826 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10827 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10828 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10829 their `Resent-' variants.
10831 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10832 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10834 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10835 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10836 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10838 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10839 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10840 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10841 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10843 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10844 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10845 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10846 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10848 ;;;***
10849 \f
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10851 ;;;;;; (15365 19469))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10854 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10855 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10856 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10860 In the browser, use the following keys:
10864 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10866 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
10867 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10869 `makefile-target-colon':
10870 The string that gets appended to all target names
10871 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10874 `makefile-macro-assign':
10875 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10876 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10878 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10879 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10882 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
10883 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10884 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10886 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
10887 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10889 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
10890 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10891 up or down in the browser.
10893 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
10894 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10896 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
10897 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10899 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
10900 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10901 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10902 has been selected in the browser.
10904 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
10905 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10906 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10907 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10908 filenames are omitted.
10910 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
10911 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10912 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10913 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10914 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10915 the backslash itself intact.
10916 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10919 `makefile-browser-hook':
10920 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10921 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10923 `makefile-special-targets-list':
10924 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10925 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10926 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10928 ;;;***
10929 \f
10930 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10931 ;;;;;; 28917))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10934 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10935 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10936 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10938 ;;;***
10939 \f
10940 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15626 5162))
10941 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10943 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10945 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10946 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10947 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10948 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10949 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10950 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10951 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10953 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10954 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
10955 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
10956 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
10958 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10959 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10964 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10965 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
10966 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
10967 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10968 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10969 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10970 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10971 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10972 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15533 28774))
10973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10975 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10978 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10979 king@grassland.com
10980 If `parens', they look like:
10981 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10982 If `angles', they look like:
10983 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10985 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10986 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10988 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10989 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10991 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10992 *Local news organization file.")
10994 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10995 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10996 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10997 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10999 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11000 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11001 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11003 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11005 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11008 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11009 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11011 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11012 *Function for citing an original message.
11013 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11014 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11015 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11017 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11018 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11019 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11020 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11021 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11023 (defvar message-signature t "\
11024 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11025 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11026 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11027 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11029 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11030 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11031 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11032 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11034 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11036 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11037 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11039 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11040 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11041 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11042 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11043 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11044 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11045 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11046 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11047 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11048 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11049 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11050 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11051 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11052 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11053 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11054 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11055 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11056 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11057 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11058 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11059 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11060 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11062 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11063 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11064 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11066 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11067 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11069 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11070 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11072 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11075 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11076 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11077 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11079 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11080 Cancel an article you posted.
11081 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11083 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11084 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11085 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11086 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11088 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11089 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11091 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11092 Forward the current message via mail.
11093 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11094 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11096 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11098 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
11100 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
11101 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
11103 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11104 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11106 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11107 Re-mail the current message.
11108 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11109 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11110 you." t nil)
11112 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11113 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11115 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11116 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11118 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11119 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11122 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11124 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11125 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11126 Works by overstriking characters.
11127 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11128 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11130 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11131 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11132 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11133 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11135 ;;;***
11136 \f
11137 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11138 ;;;;;; (15577 64658))
11139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11141 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11142 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11143 Special commands:
11146 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11147 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11149 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11150 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11151 Special commands:
11154 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11155 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11157 ;;;***
11158 \f
11159 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11160 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11161 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11164 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11165 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11166 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11168 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11169 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11170 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11171 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11172 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11173 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11174 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11176 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11177 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11178 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11179 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11180 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11181 means current).
11182 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11183 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11185 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11186 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11187 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11188 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11189 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11190 means current).
11191 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11192 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11194 ;;;***
11195 \f
11196 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11197 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 11401))
11198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11200 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11201 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11202 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11203 to the MH mail system.
11207 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11208 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11209 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11210 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11211 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11212 that want to create a mail buffer.
11215 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11216 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11217 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11218 to the MH mail system.
11222 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11225 using the MH mail handling system.
11227 messages.
11231 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11233 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11235 the yanked message.
11237 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11239 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11240 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11241 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11244 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11245 inserted in a draft letter.
11250 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11252 ;;;***
11253 \f
11254 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
11255 ;;;;;; 11455))
11256 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11258 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11259 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11260 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11261 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11263 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11264 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11266 ;;;***
11267 \f
11268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15235 51738))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11271 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11274 ;;;***
11275 \f
11276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15400 24719))
11277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11279 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11281 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11283 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11285 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11287 ;;;***
11288 \f
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11290 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15235 51729))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11293 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11294 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11295 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11296 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11297 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11298 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11299 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11300 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11301 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11302 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11305 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11306 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11307 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11308 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11310 ;;;***
11311 \f
11312 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11313 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
11314 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11316 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11317 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11318 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11322 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11324 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11326 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11327 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
11328 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11329 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11330 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11331 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11332 default indication.
11334 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11335 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11337 ;;;***
11338 \f
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11340 ;;;;;; (15235 51734))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11343 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11344 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11346 ;;;***
11347 \f
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11349 ;;;;;; (15235 51736))
11350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11352 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11353 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11354 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11355 the entire message.
11356 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11358 ;;;***
11359 \f
11360 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11361 ;;;;;; (15235 51736))
11362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11364 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11365 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11367 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11368 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11370 ;;;***
11371 \f
11372 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11373 ;;;;;; (15235 51740))
11374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11376 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11377 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11378 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11379 followed by the first character of the construct.
11396 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11397 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11398 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11400 ;;;***
11401 \f
11402 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11403 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
11404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11406 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11407 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11409 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11410 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11412 ;;;***
11413 \f
11414 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15669
11415 ;;;;;; 19465))
11416 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11418 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
11419 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
11420 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11424 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse-sel) (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11426 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote mouse-sel))
11428 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11429 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11430 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11431 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11433 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11435 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11437 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11439 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11440 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11441 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11442 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11443 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11444 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11446 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11447 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
11448 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11449 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
11450 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
11452 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11453 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11455 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11456 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11458 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11460 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11461 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11462 primary selection and region." t nil)
11464 ;;;***
11465 \f
11466 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 18539))
11467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11469 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11470 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11472 ;;;***
11473 \f
11474 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 29858))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11477 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11478 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11479 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11483 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11485 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11487 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11488 Toggle Msb mode.
11489 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11490 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11491 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11493 ;;;***
11494 \f
11495 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
11496 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
11497 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11498 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
11499 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
11500 ;;;;;; (15669 48157))
11501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11503 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11504 Display a list of all character sets.
11506 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
11507 internal Emacs use.
11509 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
11510 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
11511 hexadecimal digits.
11512 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11513 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11515 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
11516 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
11517 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
11518 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11520 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11521 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11523 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11524 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11525 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11526 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11527 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11529 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11530 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11531 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11532 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11533 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11535 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11536 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
11537 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
11538 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
11539 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
11541 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11542 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
11544 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11545 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11547 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11548 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11551 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11552 in place of `..':
11553 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11554 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11555 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11556 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11557 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11558 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11559 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11560 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11561 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11562 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11563 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11564 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11565 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11566 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11567 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11568 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11570 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11571 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11573 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11574 Display a list of all coding systems.
11575 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11577 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11578 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11580 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11581 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11583 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11584 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11586 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11587 Display information about FONTSET.
11588 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11590 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11591 Display a list of all fontsets.
11592 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11593 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11594 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11596 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11597 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11599 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11600 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11602 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11603 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11604 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11605 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11607 ;;;***
11608 \f
11609 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11610 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11611 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11612 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11613 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11614 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11615 ;;;;;; (15671 1184))
11616 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11618 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11619 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11620 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11622 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
11624 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11625 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
11627 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11628 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
11630 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11631 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11633 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11634 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11635 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
11636 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
11637 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
11638 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
11639 buffer; see also `char-width'.
11641 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
11642 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
11643 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
11644 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
11645 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
11646 middle of a character in STR.
11648 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11649 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
11651 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
11652 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
11653 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
11654 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
11657 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11659 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
11661 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11662 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11664 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11665 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11666 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11668 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11669 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11670 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11672 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11673 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11674 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11675 is considered.
11676 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11677 longer than KEYSEQ.
11678 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11680 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11681 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11682 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11683 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11684 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11685 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11686 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11687 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11688 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11689 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11690 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11692 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11693 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11695 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11696 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
11698 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11699 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
11701 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11702 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
11704 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11705 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
11707 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11708 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11709 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11710 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11712 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11713 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11714 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11715 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11717 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11718 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11719 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11720 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11722 ;;;***
11723 \f
11724 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11725 ;;;;;; (15644 46690))
11726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11728 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11729 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11730 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11734 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11736 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11738 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11739 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11740 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11741 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11743 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11744 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11746 ;;;***
11747 \f
11748 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11749 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11750 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11751 ;;;;;; (15432 24092))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11754 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11755 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11757 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11758 Ping HOST.
11759 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11760 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11762 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11763 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11765 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11767 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11768 Run netstat program." t nil)
11770 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11771 Run the arp program." t nil)
11773 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11774 Run the route program." t nil)
11776 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11777 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11779 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11780 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11782 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11783 Run dig program." t nil)
11785 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11786 Run ftp program." t nil)
11788 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11789 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11791 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11792 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11793 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11794 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11796 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11798 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11799 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11801 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11802 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11804 ;;;***
11805 \f
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
11807 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
11808 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
11809 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
11810 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15704 51484))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11813 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11815 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11817 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11819 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11821 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11823 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11824 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11825 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11826 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
11827 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
11828 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
11830 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11831 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11833 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11834 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11836 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11838 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11839 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11841 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11842 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11843 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11845 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11846 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11847 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11848 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11849 column indentation or nil.
11850 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11852 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11853 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11854 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11856 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11857 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11858 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11859 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11861 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11862 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11864 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11865 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11868 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
11870 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11871 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11873 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11874 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11875 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
11877 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11878 Set the comment column based on point.
11879 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11880 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11881 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11882 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11884 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11885 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11886 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11888 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11889 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11890 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11891 comment markers." t nil)
11893 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11894 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11896 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11897 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11898 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11899 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11900 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11902 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11903 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11905 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11906 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
11907 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
11908 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
11910 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11911 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11912 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11913 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11914 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11915 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11916 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11917 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11919 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11920 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11921 This indents the body of the continued comment
11922 under the previous comment line.
11924 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11925 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11928 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11929 or comment indentation.
11931 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11932 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11934 ;;;***
11935 \f
11936 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15640
11937 ;;;;;; 49862))
11938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11940 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11941 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11942 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11943 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11944 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11945 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11947 ;;;***
11948 \f
11949 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11950 ;;;;;; (15544 37709))
11951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11953 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11954 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11955 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11957 ;;;***
11958 \f
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11960 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11963 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11965 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11967 ;;;***
11968 \f
11969 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11970 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
11971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11973 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11974 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11979 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15655 50635))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11982 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11983 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11985 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11986 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11988 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11989 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11991 ;;;***
11992 \f
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11994 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15515 40558))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11997 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11998 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11999 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12001 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12003 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12004 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12005 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12006 to future sessions." t nil)
12008 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12009 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12010 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12011 to future sessions." t nil)
12013 ;;;***
12014 \f
12015 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12016 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12019 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12020 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12022 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12023 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12024 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12026 ;;;***
12027 \f
12028 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12029 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12030 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12032 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12033 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12034 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12035 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12036 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12038 ;;;***
12039 \f
12040 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12041 ;;;;;; (15235 51740))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12044 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12045 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12046 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12048 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12050 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12051 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12053 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12054 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12055 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12057 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12059 ;;;***
12060 \f
12061 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12062 ;;;;;; (15407 37706))
12063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12065 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12066 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12068 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12069 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12070 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12071 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12073 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12074 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12075 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12076 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12077 is why you need this mode!).
12079 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12080 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12081 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12085 Keybindings
12086 ===========
12090 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12091 ==============================================
12093 octave-auto-indent
12094 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12095 Default is nil.
12097 octave-auto-newline
12098 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12099 Default is nil.
12101 octave-blink-matching-block
12102 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12103 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12105 octave-block-offset
12106 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12107 Default is 2.
12109 octave-continuation-offset
12110 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12111 Default is 4.
12113 octave-continuation-string
12114 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12115 Default is a backslash.
12117 octave-mode-startup-message
12118 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12119 Default is t.
12121 octave-send-echo-input
12122 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12123 command to the inferior Octave process.
12125 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12126 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12127 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12129 octave-send-echo-input
12130 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12132 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12134 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12135 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12138 (setq auto-mode-alist
12141 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12142 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12144 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12145 (lambda ()
12146 (abbrev-mode 1)
12147 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12148 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12149 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12152 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12153 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12154 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12156 ;;;***
12157 \f
12158 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12159 ;;;;;; (15235 51730))
12160 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12162 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12163 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12164 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12166 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12167 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12168 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12169 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12172 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12174 ;;;***
12175 \f
12176 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12177 ;;;;;; (15593 36680))
12178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12180 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12181 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12182 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12183 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12185 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12186 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12187 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12188 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12200 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12201 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12205 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12206 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12210 The subheadings remain visible.
12213 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12214 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12215 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12217 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12218 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12220 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12221 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12222 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12223 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12225 ;;;***
12226 \f
12227 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15501 5682))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12230 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12231 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12232 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12233 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12236 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12238 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12240 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12241 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12242 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12243 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12245 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12246 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12248 ;;;***
12249 \f
12250 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15468
12251 ;;;;;; 20289))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12254 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12256 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12258 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12261 Other useful functions are:
12273 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12275 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12276 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12277 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12278 Indentation for case statements.
12279 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12280 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12281 mark after an end.
12282 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12283 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12284 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12285 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12286 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12287 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12288 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12289 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12290 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12291 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12293 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12294 pascal-separator-keywords.
12296 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12297 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12299 ;;;***
12300 \f
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12302 ;;;;;; (15235 51734))
12303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12305 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12306 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12307 The keys affected are:
12308 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12309 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12310 M-Backspace does undo.
12311 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12312 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12313 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12315 ;;;***
12316 \f
12317 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12318 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15510 21814))
12319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12321 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12322 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
12323 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12324 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12327 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12329 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12331 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12332 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12334 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12336 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12337 which modify the status of the mark.
12339 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12340 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12342 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12343 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12345 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12346 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12347 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12348 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
12349 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
12351 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12352 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12354 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12355 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12356 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12358 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12359 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12360 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12362 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12363 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12365 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12366 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12367 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12369 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12370 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
12371 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
12373 F6 other-window
12374 DELETE delete-char
12375 C-DELETE kill-line
12376 M-DELETE kill-word
12377 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12378 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12379 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12381 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12382 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12383 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12384 and cursor movement commands.
12385 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12388 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12390 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12392 ;;;***
12393 \f
12394 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15645
12395 ;;;;;; 3600))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12398 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12399 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12401 ;;;***
12402 \f
12403 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12404 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15235 51731))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12407 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12408 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12410 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12411 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12413 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12414 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12416 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12417 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12419 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12421 ;;;***
12422 \f
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12424 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15235 51731))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12427 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12428 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12430 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12431 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12433 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12434 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12436 ;;;***
12437 \f
12438 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15235
12439 ;;;;;; 51731))
12440 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12442 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12443 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12444 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12445 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12446 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12449 ;;;***
12450 \f
12451 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12452 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12453 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15235 51731))
12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12456 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12457 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12459 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12461 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12462 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12464 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12465 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12467 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12468 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12470 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12472 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12473 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12475 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12476 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12478 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12479 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12481 ;;;***
12482 \f
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12484 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12485 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15707
12486 ;;;;;; 44427))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12489 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12490 Support extensible programmable completion.
12491 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12492 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12494 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12495 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12497 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12498 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12499 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12501 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12502 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12504 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12505 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12506 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12508 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12509 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12511 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12512 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12514 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12515 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12516 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12517 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12518 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12520 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12521 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12523 ;;;***
12524 \f
12525 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12526 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12527 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15640 49860))
12528 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12530 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12531 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12532 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12533 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12535 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12537 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12538 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12539 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12541 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12542 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12543 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12545 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12546 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12547 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12548 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12549 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12551 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12552 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12554 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12555 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12556 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12557 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12559 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12561 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12562 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12563 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12564 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12566 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12567 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12569 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12571 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12572 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12573 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12575 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12576 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12577 nil means never do it.
12578 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12579 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12580 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12582 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12583 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12584 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12586 ;;;***
12587 \f
12588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15646 4758))
12589 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12591 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12593 ;;;***
12594 \f
12595 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12596 ;;;;;; (15669 50258))
12597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12599 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12600 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12601 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12602 Tab indents for Perl code.
12604 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12605 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12607 Variables controlling indentation style:
12608 perl-tab-always-indent
12609 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12610 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12611 perl-tab-to-comment
12612 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12613 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12614 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12615 perl-nochange
12616 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12617 perl-indent-level
12618 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12619 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12620 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12621 perl-continued-statement-offset
12622 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12623 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12624 perl-continued-brace-offset
12625 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12626 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12627 perl-brace-offset
12628 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12629 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12630 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12631 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12632 perl-label-offset
12633 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12635 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12636 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12637 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12638 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12639 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12640 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12641 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12643 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12645 ;;;***
12646 \f
12647 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12648 ;;;;;; (15648 42443))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12651 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12652 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12653 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12654 afterwards settable by these commands:
12655 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12656 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12657 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12658 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12659 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12660 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12661 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12663 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12664 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12665 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12667 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12668 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12669 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12670 with these commands:
12676 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12677 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12678 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12679 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12680 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12681 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12682 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12683 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12684 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12685 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12688 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12689 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12690 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12691 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12693 text is saved in the kill ring.
12695 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12696 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12697 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12698 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12699 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12700 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12703 commands if invoked soon enough.
12704 You can return to the previous mode with:
12705 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12706 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12708 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
12710 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12711 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12713 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12715 ;;;***
12716 \f
12717 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15457 24959))
12718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12720 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12721 Play pong and waste time.
12722 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12723 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12729 ;;;***
12730 \f
12731 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
12732 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12735 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
12736 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
12737 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
12738 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
12740 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12741 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12742 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12743 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12744 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12746 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12747 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12748 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12749 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12750 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12752 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12753 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12754 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12755 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12757 ;;;***
12758 \f
12759 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12760 ;;;;;; (15609 17209))
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12763 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12764 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12765 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12766 Commands:
12768 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12769 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12771 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12772 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12774 ;;;***
12775 \f
12776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15276 56075))
12777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12779 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12780 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12783 ;;;***
12784 \f
12785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
12786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12789 ;;;***
12790 \f
12791 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12792 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12793 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12794 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15669 50256))
12795 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12797 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12798 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12800 Valid values are:
12802 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12803 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12804 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12805 changed by setting the variable
12806 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12807 The initial value of this variable is
12808 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12809 documentation).
12811 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12812 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12813 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12814 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12815 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12816 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12817 test it.
12819 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12820 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12821 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12822 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12823 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12824 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12825 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12826 use this value, be sure to have installed
12827 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12828 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12829 documentation of this variable).
12831 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12832 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12833 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12834 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12835 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12836 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12838 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12840 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12841 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12842 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12844 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12846 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12847 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12849 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12851 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12853 Returns the value:
12855 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12857 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12858 the sequence." nil nil)
12860 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12861 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12863 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12864 composition.
12866 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12868 Returns the value:
12870 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12872 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12873 the sequence." nil nil)
12875 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12876 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12878 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12879 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12882 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12883 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12885 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12886 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12887 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12889 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12891 ;;;***
12892 \f
12893 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12894 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12895 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12896 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12897 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12898 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15683 14756))
12899 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12901 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12902 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12903 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12904 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12906 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12907 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12909 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12910 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12913 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12914 sending it to the printer.
12916 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12917 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12918 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12920 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12921 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12922 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12923 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12924 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12926 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12927 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12928 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12930 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12931 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12932 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12933 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12934 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12936 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12937 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12938 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
12939 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12941 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12943 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12944 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12945 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12946 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12947 so it has a way to determine color values.
12949 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12951 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12952 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12953 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12955 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12957 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12958 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12959 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12960 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12961 so it has a way to determine color values.
12963 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12965 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12966 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12968 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12969 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
12970 instead of sending it to the printer.
12972 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12973 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12974 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12976 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12977 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
12978 current ps-print setup.
12982 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12983 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12984 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12986 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12987 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12988 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12990 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12991 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12993 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12994 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
12996 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12997 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
12999 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13000 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13002 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13004 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13006 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13007 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13009 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13010 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13012 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13013 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13015 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13017 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13019 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13021 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13022 foreground and background colors respectively.
13024 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13025 bold - use bold font.
13026 italic - use italic font.
13027 underline - put a line under text.
13028 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13029 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13030 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13031 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13032 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13034 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13036 ;;;***
13037 \f
13038 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13039 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13040 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13041 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13042 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15640 49863))
13043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13045 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13046 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13048 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13049 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13050 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13052 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13053 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13055 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13056 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13057 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13058 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13059 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13060 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13061 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13063 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13064 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13065 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13066 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13067 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13068 shown.
13069 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13071 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13072 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13075 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13076 list of candidates.
13078 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13079 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13080 command to be called.
13082 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13083 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13084 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13085 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13087 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13088 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13089 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13090 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13091 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13092 to t.
13094 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13095 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13096 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13097 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13099 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13100 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13101 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13102 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13104 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13105 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13106 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13107 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13108 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13109 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13111 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13112 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13115 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13118 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13119 covers Quail translation region.
13121 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13122 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13123 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13124 for it) is inserted.
13126 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13127 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13128 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13130 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13131 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13132 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13134 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13135 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13137 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13138 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13139 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13140 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13141 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13143 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13144 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13146 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13147 keyboard type." t nil)
13149 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13150 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13151 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13152 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13153 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13154 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13155 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13156 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13157 for the translation.
13158 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13160 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13161 it is used to handle KEY.
13163 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13164 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13165 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13166 the following annotation types are supported.
13168 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13169 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13171 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13172 candidate list.
13174 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13175 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13176 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13177 inserted.
13179 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13180 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13182 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13183 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13185 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13186 which to install MAP.
13188 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13190 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13191 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13193 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13194 which to install MAP.
13196 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13198 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13199 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13200 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13201 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13202 a function, or a cons.
13203 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13204 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13205 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13206 for the translation.
13207 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13208 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13209 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13210 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13211 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13213 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13214 it is used to handle KEY.
13216 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13217 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13218 current Quail package.
13220 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13221 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13223 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13224 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13226 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13227 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13229 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13231 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13232 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13234 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13235 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13236 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13237 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13238 of the Emacs source tree.
13240 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13243 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13244 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13245 of each directory." t nil)
13247 ;;;***
13248 \f
13249 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13250 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13251 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15235
13252 ;;;;;; 51738))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13255 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13256 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13257 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13258 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13260 To make use of this do something like:
13262 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13264 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13266 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13267 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13269 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13270 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13271 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13273 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13274 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13276 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13277 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13279 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13280 is decided." t nil)
13282 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13283 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13285 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13286 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13287 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13289 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13290 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13292 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13293 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13295 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13296 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13298 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13302 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13303 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13305 ;;;***
13306 \f
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15626
13308 ;;;;;; 5163))
13309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13311 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13312 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13315 ;;;***
13316 \f
13317 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13318 ;;;;;; (15357 4420))
13319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13321 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13322 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13324 ;;;***
13325 \f
13326 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13327 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13328 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 44318))
13329 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13331 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13332 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13334 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13335 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13337 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13338 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13340 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13341 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13342 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13343 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13344 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13346 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13347 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13349 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13350 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13351 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13355 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13357 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13359 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13360 Toggle recentf mode.
13361 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13362 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13364 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13365 were operated on recently." t nil)
13367 ;;;***
13368 \f
13369 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13370 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13371 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13372 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15671
13373 ;;;;;; 1183))
13374 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13376 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13377 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
13378 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13379 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13381 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
13383 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13384 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13385 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13386 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13387 ends.
13389 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13390 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13391 to be deleted." t nil)
13393 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13394 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13395 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13397 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13398 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13399 deleted." nil nil)
13401 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13402 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13403 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13405 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13406 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13408 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13409 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13411 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13412 deleted." t nil)
13414 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13415 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13417 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13418 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13419 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13420 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13421 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13422 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13423 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13425 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13426 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13428 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13429 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13431 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13432 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13433 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13435 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
13437 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13438 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13439 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13440 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13441 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13443 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13444 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13446 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13447 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13448 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13450 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13452 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
13454 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13455 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13457 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13458 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13459 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13461 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13462 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13463 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13465 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13466 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13467 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13469 ;;;***
13470 \f
13471 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15396
13472 ;;;;;; 31658))
13473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13475 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13476 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13477 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13479 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13480 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13481 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13483 ;;;***
13484 \f
13485 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13486 ;;;;;; (15712 9991))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13489 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13490 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13492 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13499 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13500 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13504 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13507 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13508 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13511 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13512 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13514 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13518 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13519 on the menu bar.
13521 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13523 ;;;***
13524 \f
13525 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13526 ;;;;;; (15683 14757))
13527 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13529 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13530 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13531 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13533 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
13534 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13536 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13538 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13540 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13541 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13543 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13545 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13546 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13547 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13548 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13550 ;;;***
13551 \f
13552 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13553 ;;;;;; (15683 14757))
13554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13556 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13557 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13558 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13560 To insert new phrases, use
13564 To index phrases use one of:
13575 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13577 Here are all local bindings.
13581 ;;;***
13582 \f
13583 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13584 ;;;;;; (15640 49861))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13587 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13588 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13589 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13590 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13591 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13592 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13597 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13600 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13601 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13602 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13603 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13605 ;;;***
13606 \f
13607 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15235 51731))
13608 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13610 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13611 Repeat most recently executed command.
13612 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13613 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13614 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13616 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13617 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13618 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13620 ;;;***
13621 \f
13622 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13623 ;;;;;; (15669 50258))
13624 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13626 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13627 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13629 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13630 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13631 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13632 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13633 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13634 and point is left after the salutation.
13636 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13637 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13638 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13639 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13640 left after that text.
13642 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13643 is non-nil.
13645 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13646 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
13647 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13648 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13650 ;;;***
13651 \f
13652 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13653 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
13654 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13656 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13657 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13658 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13659 visibility of comments that precede it.
13660 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13661 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13662 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13663 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13664 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13665 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13666 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13667 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13668 the comment lines.
13669 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13670 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13671 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13672 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13673 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13674 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13676 ;;;***
13677 \f
13678 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13679 ;;;;;; 50658))
13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13682 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13683 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13685 ;;;***
13686 \f
13687 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13688 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
13689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13691 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13692 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13694 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13695 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13697 ;;;***
13698 \f
13699 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
13700 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13703 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13704 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13705 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13706 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13708 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13710 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13711 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13712 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13713 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13715 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13716 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13718 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13719 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13721 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13722 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13723 INPUT-ARGS.
13725 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13726 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13727 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13728 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13729 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13731 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13732 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13733 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13734 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13736 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13737 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13738 variable." t nil)
13740 ;;;***
13741 \f
13742 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13743 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13744 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13745 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13746 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13747 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13748 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15712 9990))
13749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13751 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13752 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
13753 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
13754 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13756 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13757 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13758 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13759 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13760 value is the user's email address and name.)
13761 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13763 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13764 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13765 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13766 which normally happens once for each message,
13767 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13768 To make a change in this variable take effect
13769 for a message that you have already viewed,
13772 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13773 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13774 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13775 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13777 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13778 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13781 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13782 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13783 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13785 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13786 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13788 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13789 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13791 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13792 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13794 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13795 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13797 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13798 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13800 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13801 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13804 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13806 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13807 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13809 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13810 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13812 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13813 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13815 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13816 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13818 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13819 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13821 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13822 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13823 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13824 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13826 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13827 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13829 This is set to nil by default.")
13831 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13832 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13833 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13834 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13835 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13837 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13838 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13839 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13840 It is called with no argument.")
13842 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13843 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13844 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
13845 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
13846 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13847 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13848 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13850 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
13851 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
13852 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13853 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13854 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13855 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13857 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13858 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13859 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13860 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13861 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13863 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13864 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13865 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13866 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13867 MSG is the message number,
13868 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13869 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13871 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13872 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13873 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13874 this feature is required with `require'.")
13876 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13877 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13878 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13879 the message is decoded as normal way.
13881 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13882 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13883 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13885 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13886 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13887 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13889 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13890 Read and edit incoming mail.
13891 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13892 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13895 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13896 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13897 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13898 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13900 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13902 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13904 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13905 Instead, these commands are available:
13907 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13920 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13921 till a deleted message is found.
13922 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13935 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13940 (label defaults to last one specified).
13941 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13951 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13952 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13954 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13955 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13957 ;;;***
13958 \f
13959 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13960 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
13961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13963 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13964 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13966 ;;;***
13967 \f
13968 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13969 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13970 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15235 51738))
13971 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13973 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13974 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13975 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13977 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13978 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13979 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13981 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13983 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13984 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13985 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13986 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13987 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13989 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13990 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13991 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13992 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13993 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13995 ;;;***
13996 \f
13997 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13998 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
13999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14001 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14002 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14003 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14004 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14006 ;;;***
14007 \f
14008 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14009 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14010 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
14011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14013 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14014 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14015 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14016 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14017 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14018 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14019 a file name as a string.")
14021 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14022 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14023 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14024 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14025 buffer visiting that file.
14026 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14027 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14029 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14030 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14032 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14033 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14035 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14036 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14038 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14039 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14041 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14042 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14043 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14044 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14045 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14047 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14048 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14049 will be appended with their original headers.
14051 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14052 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14054 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14055 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14057 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14059 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14060 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14061 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14063 ;;;***
14064 \f
14065 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14066 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14067 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15235
14068 ;;;;;; 51738))
14069 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14071 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14072 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14073 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14075 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14076 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14077 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14079 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14080 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14081 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14083 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14084 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14085 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14087 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14088 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14089 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14091 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14092 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14093 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14095 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14096 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14097 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14098 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14100 ;;;***
14101 \f
14102 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14103 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14104 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14105 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14106 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15669 50258))
14107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14109 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14110 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14112 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14113 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14115 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14116 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14118 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14119 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14120 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14122 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14123 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14124 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14125 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14126 only look in the To and From fields.
14127 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14129 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14130 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14131 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14132 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14133 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14135 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14136 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14137 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14138 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14139 look in the whole message.
14140 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14142 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14143 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14144 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14146 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14147 *Function to decode summary-line.
14149 By default, `identity' is set.")
14151 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14152 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14153 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14154 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14155 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14156 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14157 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14159 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14160 sent by you under different user names.
14161 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
14163 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14165 ;;;***
14166 \f
14167 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14168 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
14169 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14171 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14172 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14174 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14176 ;;;***
14177 \f
14178 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
14179 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15601 18543))
14180 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14182 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
14183 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string." nil nil)
14185 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
14186 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING." nil nil)
14188 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
14189 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer." t nil)
14191 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14192 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14193 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14195 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14196 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14197 in rot 13.
14199 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14201 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14202 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14204 ;;;***
14205 \f
14206 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14207 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14208 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14209 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14210 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14213 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14214 *This variable is obsolete.")
14216 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14218 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14220 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14221 *This variable is obsolete.")
14223 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14224 *This variable is obsolete.")
14226 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14227 *This variable is obsolete.")
14229 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14230 *This variable is obsolete.")
14232 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14233 *This variable is obsolete.")
14235 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14236 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14238 ;;;***
14239 \f
14240 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
14241 ;;;;;; 6955))
14242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14244 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14245 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14246 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14247 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14249 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14250 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14251 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14253 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14254 notation.
14256 STRING
14257 matches string STRING literally.
14259 CHAR
14260 matches character CHAR literally.
14262 `not-newline'
14263 matches any character except a newline.
14264 .
14265 `anything'
14266 matches any character
14268 `(any SET)'
14269 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14270 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14272 '(in SET)'
14273 like `any'.
14275 `(not (any SET))'
14276 matches any character not in SET
14278 `line-start'
14279 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14280 in the text being matched
14282 `line-end'
14283 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14285 `string-start'
14286 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14287 string being matched against.
14289 `string-end'
14290 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14291 string being matched against.
14293 `buffer-start'
14294 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14295 buffer being matched against.
14297 `buffer-end'
14298 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14299 buffer being matched against.
14301 `point'
14302 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14304 `word-start'
14305 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14306 word.
14308 `word-end'
14309 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14311 `word-boundary'
14312 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14313 word.
14315 `(not word-boundary)'
14316 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14317 word.
14319 `digit'
14320 matches 0 through 9.
14322 `control'
14323 matches ASCII control characters.
14325 `hex-digit'
14326 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14328 `blank'
14329 matches space and tab only.
14331 `graphic'
14332 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14333 space, and DEL.
14335 `printing'
14336 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14337 and DEL.
14339 `alphanumeric'
14340 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14341 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14343 `letter'
14344 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14345 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14347 `ascii'
14348 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14350 `nonascii'
14351 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14353 `lower'
14354 matches anything lower-case.
14356 `upper'
14357 matches anything upper-case.
14359 `punctuation'
14360 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14361 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14363 `space'
14364 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14366 `word'
14367 matches anything that has word syntax.
14369 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14370 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14371 of the following symbols.
14387 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14388 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14390 `(category CATEGORY)'
14391 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14392 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14433 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14434 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14436 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14437 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14439 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14440 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14441 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14443 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14444 another name for `submatch'.
14446 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14447 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14448 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14449 regular expression.
14451 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14452 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14454 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14455 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14457 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14458 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14460 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14461 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14463 `(0+ SEXP)'
14464 like `zero-or-more'.
14466 `(* SEXP)'
14467 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14469 `(*? SEXP)'
14470 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14472 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
14473 matches one or more occurrences of A.
14475 `(1+ SEXP)'
14476 like `one-or-more'.
14478 `(+ SEXP)'
14479 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14481 `(+? SEXP)'
14482 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14484 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
14485 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
14487 `(optional SEXP)'
14488 like `zero-or-one'.
14490 `(? SEXP)'
14491 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14493 `(?? SEXP)'
14494 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14496 `(repeat N SEXP)'
14497 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14499 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
14500 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14502 `(eval FORM)'
14503 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
14504 `regexp-quote' it.
14506 `(regexp REGEXP)'
14507 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
14509 ;;;***
14510 \f
14511 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14512 ;;;;;; (15669 50258))
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14515 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14516 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14517 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14519 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14520 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14521 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14522 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14524 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14526 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14528 Commands:
14529 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14530 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14532 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14533 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14535 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14536 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14537 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14539 Commands:
14540 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14541 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14543 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14544 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14545 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14547 ;;;***
14548 \f
14549 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14550 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
14551 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14553 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14554 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14555 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14559 ;;;***
14560 \f
14561 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
14562 ;;;;;; 10702))
14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14565 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14566 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14567 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14570 Interesting variables:
14572 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
14573 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14575 `scribe-electric-quote'
14576 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14578 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
14579 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14580 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14582 ;;;***
14583 \f
14584 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14585 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15707 44427))
14586 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14588 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14589 Control/track scroll locking.
14591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14592 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14594 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14596 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14598 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14599 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
14600 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14601 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
14602 apply to all visible windows in the same frame." t nil)
14604 ;;;***
14605 \f
14606 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14607 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
14608 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
14609 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
14610 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
14611 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15593 24726))
14612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14614 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14617 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14618 king@grassland.com
14619 If `parens', they look like:
14620 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14621 If `angles', they look like:
14622 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14623 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14624 derived from the envelope-from address.
14626 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14627 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14628 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14629 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14631 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14632 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14633 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14634 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14636 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14637 is a privileged operation.")
14639 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14640 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14641 This is done when the message is initialized,
14642 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14644 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14645 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14646 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14648 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14649 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14651 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14652 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14653 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14654 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
14655 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
14656 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14657 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14659 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14660 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14662 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14663 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14664 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14666 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14667 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14668 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14669 when you first send mail.")
14671 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14672 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14673 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14674 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14675 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14677 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14678 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14679 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14680 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14681 This file need not actually exist.")
14683 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14684 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14685 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14686 If a string, that string is inserted.
14688 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14689 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14690 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14692 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
14693 *Directory for mail buffers.
14694 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
14695 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
14697 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14698 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14699 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14701 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14710 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14711 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14713 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14714 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14715 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14716 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14717 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14718 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14720 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14721 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14722 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14724 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14725 User should not set this variable manually,
14726 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14727 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14728 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14729 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14731 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14732 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14733 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14734 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14736 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14737 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14742 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14743 to move to message header fields:
14746 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14747 when the message is initialized.
14749 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14750 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14752 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14753 is inserted.
14755 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14756 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14758 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14759 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14761 The second through fifth arguments,
14762 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14763 the initial contents of those header fields.
14764 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14765 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14766 original message being replied to, or else an action
14767 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14768 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14769 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14770 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14771 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14772 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14774 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14775 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14777 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14778 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14780 ;;;***
14781 \f
14782 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15708 56871))
14783 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14785 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14786 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14787 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14789 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14792 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14794 ;;;***
14795 \f
14796 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14797 ;;;;;; (15664 47250))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14800 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14801 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14802 Makes > match <.
14804 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14806 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14807 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14808 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14810 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14811 your `.emacs' file.
14819 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14820 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14821 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14822 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14824 which this is based.
14826 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14828 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14829 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14830 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14831 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14833 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14834 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14835 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14837 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14838 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14839 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14840 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14845 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14849 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14850 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
14851 To work around that, do:
14856 ;;;***
14857 \f
14858 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14859 ;;;;;; (15640 49865))
14860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14862 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14864 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14865 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14866 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14867 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14868 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14869 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14871 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14872 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14873 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14874 shell-specific features.
14876 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14877 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14878 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14891 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14895 would indent to the way it currently is.
14897 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14911 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14912 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14913 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14916 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14918 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14920 ;;;***
14921 \f
14922 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14923 ;;;;;; (15524 61380))
14924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14926 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14927 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14929 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14930 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14931 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14933 the earlier.
14935 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14939 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14940 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14943 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14944 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14946 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14947 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14948 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14949 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14950 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14951 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14952 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14953 emacs version).
14955 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14956 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14957 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14958 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14959 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14961 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14962 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14963 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14965 ;;;***
14966 \f
14967 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
14968 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15509
14969 ;;;;;; 450))
14970 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
14972 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
14973 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
14974 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
14975 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
14976 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
14977 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
14978 in the cluster." t nil)
14980 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
14981 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
14982 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
14983 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
14984 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14986 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
14987 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
14988 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
14989 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
14990 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
14991 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
14992 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14994 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
14995 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
14997 ;;;***
14998 \f
14999 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15000 ;;;;;; (15707 44427))
15001 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15004 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15005 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15006 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15007 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15008 arguments.")
15010 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15011 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15012 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15013 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15014 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15015 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15016 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15017 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15018 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15019 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15020 discards input when it starts up.)
15021 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15022 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15023 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15025 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15028 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15029 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15030 `default-process-coding-system'.
15032 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15033 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15034 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15035 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15038 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15040 ;;;***
15041 \f
15042 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15394
15043 ;;;;;; 11051))
15044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15046 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15047 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15049 Variables controlling indentation style:
15050 simula-tab-always-indent
15051 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15052 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15053 simula-indent-level
15054 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15055 simula-substatement-offset
15056 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15057 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15058 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15059 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15060 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15061 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15062 simula-label-offset -4711
15063 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15064 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15065 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15066 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15067 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15068 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15069 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15070 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15071 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15072 simula-electric-indent nil
15073 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15074 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15075 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15076 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15077 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15078 or nil if they should not be changed.
15079 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15080 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15081 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15082 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15084 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15085 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15087 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15088 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15089 at all." t nil)
15091 ;;;***
15092 \f
15093 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15094 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15095 ;;;;;; (15585 20334))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15098 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15099 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15101 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15102 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15103 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15104 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15105 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15107 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15108 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15109 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15110 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15111 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15112 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15115 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15116 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15117 ignored." t nil)
15119 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15120 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15121 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15122 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15123 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15124 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15127 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15128 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15129 ignored." t nil)
15131 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15132 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15134 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15135 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15136 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15137 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15139 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15140 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15141 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15142 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15144 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15145 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15146 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15148 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15149 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15151 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15152 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15155 _ interesting point, interregion here
15156 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15157 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15158 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15159 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15160 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15161 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15162 nil skipped
15164 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15165 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15167 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15168 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15169 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15171 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15173 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15174 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15176 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15177 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15178 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15179 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15180 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15181 available:
15183 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15184 then: insert previously read string once more
15185 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15186 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15187 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15189 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15190 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15192 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15193 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15195 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15196 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15197 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15198 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15199 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15200 such as backslash.
15202 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15203 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15204 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15206 ;;;***
15207 \f
15208 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15707
15209 ;;;;;; 34351))
15210 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15212 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15213 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15216 ;;;***
15217 \f
15218 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15219 ;;;;;; (14903 33608))
15220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15222 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15223 Display textual smileys as images.
15224 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15225 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15226 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15228 ;;;***
15229 \f
15230 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15231 ;;;;;; (15583 13479))
15232 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15234 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15236 ;;;***
15237 \f
15238 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15540 36607))
15239 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15241 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15242 Play the Snake game.
15243 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15245 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15247 Snake mode keybindings:
15257 ;;;***
15258 \f
15259 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15260 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
15261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15263 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15264 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15265 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15266 Tab indents for C code.
15267 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15268 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15270 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15271 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15273 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15274 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15275 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15276 Tab indents for C code.
15277 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15278 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15280 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15281 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15283 ;;;***
15284 \f
15285 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15286 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15287 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15683 14756))
15288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15290 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15291 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15293 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15294 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15295 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15297 For example, the form
15302 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15304 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15305 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15307 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15308 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15309 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15310 York City.
15312 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15314 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15315 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15317 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15318 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15319 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15320 York City.
15322 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15324 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15325 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15327 pair.
15329 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15331 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15332 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15333 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15335 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15336 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15338 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15340 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15341 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15342 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15344 ;;;***
15345 \f
15346 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15626
15347 ;;;;;; 5163))
15348 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15350 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15351 Play Solitaire.
15355 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15359 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15360 check after each move or undo)
15362 What is Solitaire?
15364 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15365 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15366 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15368 Le Solitaire
15369 ============
15371 o o o
15373 o o o
15375 o o o o o o o
15377 o o o . o o o
15379 o o o o o o o
15381 o o o
15383 o o o
15385 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15386 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15387 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15388 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15390 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15391 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15392 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15393 this: o o .
15395 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15396 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15398 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15400 o o o
15402 . o o
15404 o o . o o o o
15406 o . o o o o o
15408 o o o o o o o
15410 o o o
15412 o o o
15414 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15418 ;;;***
15419 \f
15420 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15421 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15422 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15544 37707))
15423 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15425 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15426 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15427 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15429 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15430 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15431 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15432 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15433 contiguous.
15435 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15436 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15437 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15438 the sort order.
15440 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15441 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15443 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15444 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15445 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15446 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15447 is called.
15449 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15450 It should move point to the end of the record.
15452 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15453 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15454 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15455 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15456 starts at the beginning of the record.
15458 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15459 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15460 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15462 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15463 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15464 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15465 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15466 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15467 the sort order." t nil)
15469 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15470 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15471 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15472 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15473 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15474 the sort order." t nil)
15476 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15477 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15478 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15479 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15480 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15481 the sort order." t nil)
15483 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
15484 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
15485 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15486 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
15488 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
15489 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15490 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15491 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
15493 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
15494 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
15495 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15496 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15497 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15498 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15499 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15500 the sort order." t nil)
15502 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15503 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15504 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15506 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15507 is to be used for sorting.
15509 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15511 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15512 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15514 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15516 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15517 the sort order.
15519 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15523 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15524 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15525 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15526 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15527 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15528 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15529 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15530 the sort order.
15532 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15533 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15534 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15535 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15538 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15539 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15540 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15542 ;;;***
15543 \f
15544 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15545 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15669 50257))
15546 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15548 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15550 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15551 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15552 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15553 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15554 supported at a time.
15555 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15556 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15558 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15559 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15560 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15561 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15563 ;;;***
15564 \f
15565 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15566 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15235 51743))
15567 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15569 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15571 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15572 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15573 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15574 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15575 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15578 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15579 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15580 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15581 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15583 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15584 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15585 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15586 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15589 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15590 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15592 ;;;***
15593 \f
15594 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
15595 ;;;;;; 44944))
15596 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15598 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15599 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15601 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15602 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15604 ;;;***
15605 \f
15606 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15607 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15608 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
15609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15611 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15612 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15614 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15615 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15617 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15622 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15632 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15634 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15635 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15636 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15637 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15639 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15640 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15642 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15644 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15645 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15646 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15648 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15649 Major mode to edit SQL.
15651 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15653 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15656 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15658 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15659 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15662 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15665 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15666 `sql-interactive-mode'.
15668 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
15669 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
15670 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
15672 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
15673 (lambda ()
15676 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15677 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15679 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15680 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15681 `*SQL*'.
15683 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15684 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15685 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15686 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15688 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15689 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15691 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15694 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15695 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15696 `default-process-coding-system'.
15700 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15701 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15703 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15704 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15705 `*SQL*'.
15707 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15708 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15709 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15710 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15712 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15713 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15715 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15718 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15719 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15720 `default-process-coding-system'.
15724 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15725 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15727 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15728 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15729 `*SQL*'.
15731 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15732 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15734 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15735 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15737 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15740 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15741 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15742 `default-process-coding-system'.
15746 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15747 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15749 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
15751 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15752 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15753 `*SQL*'.
15755 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15756 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15757 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15758 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15760 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15761 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15763 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15766 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15767 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15768 `default-process-coding-system'.
15772 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15773 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15775 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15776 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15777 `*SQL*'.
15779 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15780 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15781 defaults, if set.
15783 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15786 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15789 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15790 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15791 `default-process-coding-system'.
15795 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15796 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15798 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15799 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15800 `*SQL*'.
15802 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15803 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15805 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15806 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15808 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15811 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15812 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15813 `default-process-coding-system'.
15817 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15818 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15820 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15821 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15822 `*SQL*'.
15824 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15825 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15826 as defaults, if set.
15828 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15829 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15831 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15834 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15835 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15836 `default-process-coding-system'.
15840 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15841 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15843 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15844 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15845 `*SQL*'.
15847 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15848 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15849 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15850 `sql-postgres-options'.
15852 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15853 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15855 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15858 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15859 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15860 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15861 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15862 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15864 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15865 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15869 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15870 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15872 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15873 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15874 `*SQL*'.
15876 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15877 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15878 defaults, if set.
15880 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15881 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15883 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15886 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15887 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15888 `default-process-coding-system'.
15892 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15893 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15895 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15896 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15897 `*SQL*'.
15899 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15900 automatic login.
15902 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15906 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
15907 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
15908 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
15910 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15913 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15914 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15915 `default-process-coding-system'.
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15922 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15923 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15924 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15925 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15664
15926 ;;;;;; 47248))
15927 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15929 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15930 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15931 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15932 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15933 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15934 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15936 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15937 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15938 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15939 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15940 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15941 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15942 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15944 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15945 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15946 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15947 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15948 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
15949 then complete the stroke with button 3.
15950 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15952 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15953 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
15954 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15956 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15957 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
15958 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15960 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15961 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15963 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15964 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15966 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15967 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15969 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15970 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15972 chronologically by command name.
15973 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15975 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15976 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
15977 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15981 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15983 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15985 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15987 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
15988 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
15993 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16000 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16001 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16002 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16003 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16005 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16006 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16008 ;;;***
16009 \f
16010 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
16011 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
16012 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16014 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16015 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
16017 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16018 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
16020 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
16021 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
16023 ;;;***
16024 \f
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16026 ;;;;;; (15498 37604))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16029 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16030 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16031 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16033 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16034 original message but it does require a few things:
16036 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16038 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16039 reply buffer.
16041 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16042 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16043 original message.
16045 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16047 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16049 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16050 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16051 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16053 ;;;***
16054 \f
16055 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16058 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16059 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16060 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16061 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16062 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16064 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16065 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16066 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16067 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16068 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16069 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16070 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16072 ;;;***
16073 \f
16074 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 44240))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16077 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16078 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16080 ;;;***
16081 \f
16082 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15712 9990))
16083 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16085 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16086 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16087 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16088 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16089 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16090 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16091 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16094 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16095 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16096 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16098 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16101 ;;;***
16102 \f
16103 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16104 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15626 5163))
16105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16107 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16108 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16109 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16110 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16111 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16112 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16114 Variables controlling indentation style:
16115 tcl-indent-level
16116 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16117 tcl-continued-indent-level
16118 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16120 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16121 documentation for details):
16122 tcl-tab-always-indent
16123 Controls action of TAB key.
16124 tcl-auto-newline
16125 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16126 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16127 tcl-electric-hash-style
16128 Controls action of `#' key.
16129 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
16130 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
16131 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
16132 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
16133 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16134 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16136 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16137 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16138 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16139 already exist.
16141 Commands:
16144 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16145 Run inferior Tcl process.
16146 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16147 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16149 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16150 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16151 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16153 ;;;***
16154 \f
16155 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
16156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16159 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16160 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16161 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16162 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16163 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16164 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16165 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16168 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16169 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16170 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16171 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16173 ;;;***
16174 \f
16175 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15626
16176 ;;;;;; 5162))
16177 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16179 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16180 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16181 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16182 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16183 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16184 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16186 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16187 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16189 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16190 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16192 ;;;***
16193 \f
16194 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
16195 ;;;;;; 38811))
16196 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16198 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16199 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16200 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16201 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16202 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16203 program as keyboard input.
16206 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16207 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16208 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16210 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16211 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16212 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16213 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16214 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16216 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16218 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16219 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16220 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16221 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16223 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16224 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16225 subprocess started." t nil)
16227 ;;;***
16228 \f
16229 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15540 36638))
16230 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16232 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16233 Play the Tetris game.
16234 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16235 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16236 as to form complete rows.
16238 tetris-mode keybindings:
16249 " t nil)
16251 ;;;***
16252 \f
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16254 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16255 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16256 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16257 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16258 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16259 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16260 ;;;;;; (15666 2624))
16261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16263 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16264 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16266 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16267 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16268 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16272 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16273 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16274 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16275 if it matches the first line of the file,
16276 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16278 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16279 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16280 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16281 if the variable is non-nil.")
16283 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16286 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16287 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16288 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16289 See the documentation of that variable.")
16291 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16292 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16293 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16294 See the documentation of that variable.")
16296 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16297 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16298 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16299 See the documentation of that variable.")
16301 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
16302 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
16303 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
16304 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
16305 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16308 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
16309 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
16310 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16312 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16313 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16314 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16316 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16317 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16318 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16319 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16321 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16323 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16324 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16326 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16328 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16329 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16331 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16332 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16333 for example,
16335 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16339 use.")
16341 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16343 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16344 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16346 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16347 window system being used. For example,
16349 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16353 otherwise.")
16355 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16359 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16360 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16361 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16362 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16363 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16365 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16368 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16371 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16372 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16373 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16374 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16375 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16376 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16377 says which mode to use." t nil)
16379 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16381 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16383 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16385 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16386 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16387 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16392 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16400 mismatched $'s or braces.
16402 Special commands:
16405 Mode variables:
16406 tex-run-command
16408 tex-directory
16409 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16411 tex-dvi-print-command
16413 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16415 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16416 tex-dvi-view-command
16418 tex-show-queue-command
16422 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16423 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16424 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16426 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16427 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16428 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16441 mismatched $'s or braces.
16443 Special commands:
16446 Mode variables:
16447 latex-run-command
16449 tex-directory
16450 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16452 tex-dvi-print-command
16454 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16456 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16457 tex-dvi-view-command
16459 tex-show-queue-command
16463 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16464 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16465 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16467 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16468 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
16469 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16482 mismatched $'s or braces.
16484 Special commands:
16487 Mode variables:
16488 slitex-run-command
16490 tex-directory
16491 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
16493 tex-dvi-print-command
16495 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16497 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16498 tex-dvi-view-command
16500 tex-show-queue-command
16504 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16505 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16506 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16507 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16509 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16511 ;;;***
16512 \f
16513 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16514 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15498 37611))
16515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16517 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16518 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16519 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16520 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16522 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16523 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16524 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16526 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16527 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16528 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16530 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16532 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16533 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16534 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16535 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16537 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16538 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16539 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16540 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16542 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16543 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16545 ;;;***
16546 \f
16547 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16548 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15656 53217))
16549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16551 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16554 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16557 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16558 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16560 It has these extra commands:
16563 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16565 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16566 modified version of TeX input format.
16568 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16569 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16570 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16574 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16575 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16576 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16577 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16579 in the Texinfo file.
16581 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16582 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16583 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16585 move forward past the closing brace.
16587 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16588 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16590 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16591 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16592 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16594 Here are the functions:
16598 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16602 texinfo-master-menu
16604 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16606 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16607 which menu descriptions are indented.
16609 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16610 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16611 in the region.
16613 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16614 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16615 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16616 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16618 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16619 be the first node in the file.
16621 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16622 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16624 ;;;***
16625 \f
16626 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16627 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16628 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15382 18841))
16629 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16631 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16632 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16633 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16634 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16636 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16637 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16639 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16640 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16642 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16644 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16645 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16646 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16647 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16648 to compose.
16650 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16652 ;;;***
16653 \f
16654 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16655 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16656 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15235 51732))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16659 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16660 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16662 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16663 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16664 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16665 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16666 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16668 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16669 a symbol as a valid THING.
16671 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16672 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16674 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16675 Return the THING at point.
16676 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16677 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16678 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16680 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16681 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16683 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16685 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16687 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16689 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16691 ;;;***
16692 \f
16693 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
16694 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
16695 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
16696 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
16697 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
16698 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 41093))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16701 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16702 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16703 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16705 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16706 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16708 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16709 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16710 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16712 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16713 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16715 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16716 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16718 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16719 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16720 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16721 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
16723 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16724 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16725 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16726 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
16728 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16730 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16731 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16732 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16734 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16735 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16736 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16738 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16740 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16742 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16744 ;;;***
16745 \f
16746 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16747 ;;;;;; (15503 34618))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16750 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16751 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16752 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16753 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16754 parameters.
16755 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16757 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16758 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16759 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16760 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16761 parameters.
16762 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16764 ;;;***
16765 \f
16766 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16767 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15567 16402))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16770 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16773 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16774 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16775 This display updates automatically every minute.
16776 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16777 are displayed as well.
16778 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16780 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16781 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16782 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16786 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16788 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16790 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16791 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16792 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16794 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16795 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16796 are displayed as well.
16797 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16799 ;;;***
16800 \f
16801 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16802 ;;;;;; (15235 51737))
16803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16805 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16806 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16808 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16809 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16810 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16812 ;;;***
16813 \f
16814 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16815 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15626 5162))
16816 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16818 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16819 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16820 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16821 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16822 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16823 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16824 look like one of the following:
16825 Time-stamp: <>
16827 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16828 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16829 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16830 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16831 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16832 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16833 template." t nil)
16835 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16837 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16839 ;;;***
16840 \f
16841 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16842 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16843 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16844 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16845 ;;;;;; (15669 50257))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16848 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16849 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16850 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16851 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16852 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16853 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16854 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16855 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16857 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16858 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16859 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16860 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16861 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16862 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16863 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16864 this function is called within a day.
16866 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16867 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16868 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16869 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16871 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16872 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16873 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16874 begun during the last time segment.
16876 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16877 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16878 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16879 discover the reason." t nil)
16881 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16882 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16884 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16885 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16886 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16887 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16888 project you were working on." t nil)
16890 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16891 Ask the user before clocking out.
16892 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16894 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16895 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16896 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16898 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16899 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16900 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16901 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16902 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16905 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16906 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16907 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16908 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16910 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16911 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16912 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16913 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16914 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16915 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16916 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16917 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16918 non-nil." t nil)
16920 ;;;***
16921 \f
16922 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16923 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16924 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15671 8032))
16925 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16927 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16929 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16930 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16932 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16933 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16935 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16936 Perform an action at time TIME.
16937 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16939 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16940 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16941 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16942 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16944 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16946 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16947 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16948 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16949 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16950 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16952 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16954 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16955 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16956 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16957 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16959 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16960 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16961 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16962 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16964 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16965 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16967 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16968 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16970 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16971 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16972 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16973 The call should look like:
16974 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16975 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16976 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16977 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16978 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16980 ;;;***
16981 \f
16982 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16983 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15683 14756))
16984 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16986 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16987 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16988 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16989 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16991 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16992 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16993 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16994 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16999 ;;;***
17000 \f
17001 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17002 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 56039))
17003 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17004 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17005 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17006 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17008 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17009 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17010 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17011 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17012 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17014 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17015 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17016 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17017 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17018 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17020 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17021 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17022 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17023 in the menu in two ways:
17024 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17025 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17026 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17028 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17029 keymap or an alist of alists.
17030 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17031 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17033 ;;;***
17034 \f
17035 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17036 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17037 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
17038 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17040 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17041 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17043 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17044 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17046 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17047 Insert new TODO list entry.
17048 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17049 category." t nil)
17051 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17052 List top priorities for each category.
17054 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17055 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17057 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17058 between each category." t nil)
17060 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17061 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17062 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17063 between each category.
17065 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17067 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17068 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17072 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17073 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17075 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17076 Show TODO list." t nil)
17078 ;;;***
17079 \f
17080 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
17081 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
17082 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15669 19466))
17083 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17085 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17086 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17087 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17091 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17093 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17095 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17096 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17097 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17099 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17100 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17102 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17104 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17105 Add an item to the tool bar.
17106 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17107 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17108 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17109 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17111 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17112 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17113 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17115 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17116 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17118 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
17119 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
17120 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17121 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17122 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17123 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17125 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17126 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17127 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
17129 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17130 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17131 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
17132 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17133 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17134 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17135 properties to add to the binding.
17137 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
17139 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
17140 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
17142 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17143 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17144 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
17145 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
17146 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
17147 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
17148 properties to add to the binding.
17150 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
17152 ;;;***
17153 \f
17154 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17155 ;;;;;; (15642 10295))
17156 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17158 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17159 Mode for tooltip display.
17160 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17162 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17163 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17167 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17169 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17171 ;;;***
17172 \f
17173 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
17174 ;;;;;; 7288))
17175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17177 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17179 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17181 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17182 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17184 ;;;***
17185 \f
17186 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17187 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15235 51734))
17188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17190 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17191 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17193 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17194 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17196 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17197 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17199 ;;;***
17200 \f
17201 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17204 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17205 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17206 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17207 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17208 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17210 ;;;***
17211 \f
17212 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17213 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14582 7181))
17214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17216 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17217 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17219 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17220 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17221 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17222 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17223 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17224 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17225 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17226 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17228 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17229 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17230 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17231 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17232 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17233 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17234 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17236 ;;;***
17237 \f
17238 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17239 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
17240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17241 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17242 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17243 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17245 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17246 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17247 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17249 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17250 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17251 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17253 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17254 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17255 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17256 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17260 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17261 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17262 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17263 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17264 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17265 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17266 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17268 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17269 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17271 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17278 ;;;***
17279 \f
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17281 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17282 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17283 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
17284 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17286 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17287 Toggle typing break mode.
17288 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17292 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17294 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17296 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17297 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17299 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17300 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17302 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17304 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17306 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17307 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17309 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17310 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17311 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17313 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17314 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17315 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17316 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17317 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17318 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17320 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17321 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17322 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17323 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17325 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17326 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17328 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17329 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17331 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17332 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17333 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17335 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17336 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17337 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17338 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17339 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17340 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17341 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17343 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17344 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17346 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17347 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17348 reset the keystroke counter.
17350 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17351 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17352 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17353 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17355 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17356 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17357 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17358 `type-break-schedule' command.
17360 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17361 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17362 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17363 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17364 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17365 or not to continue.
17367 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17368 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17369 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17370 approximate good values for this.
17372 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17373 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17375 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17376 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17377 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17378 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17379 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17380 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17382 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17383 a typing break occur. They include:
17385 `type-break-query-mode'
17386 `type-break-query-function'
17387 `type-break-query-interval'
17389 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17391 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17392 Take a typing break.
17394 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17395 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17397 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17398 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17400 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17401 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17402 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17403 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17405 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17406 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17408 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17409 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17410 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17411 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17412 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17413 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17414 average typing speed.)
17416 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17417 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17418 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17419 the computed maximum threshold.
17421 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17422 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17423 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17424 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17425 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17427 ;;;***
17428 \f
17429 ;;;### (autoloads (unify-8859-on-decoding-mode unify-8859-on-encoding-mode)
17430 ;;;;;; "ucs-tables" "international/ucs-tables.el" (15707 51320))
17431 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-tables.el
17433 (defvar unify-8859-on-encoding-mode nil "\
17434 Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Encoding mode is enabled.
17435 See the command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17439 (custom-add-to-group (quote mule) (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17441 (custom-add-load (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) (quote ucs-tables))
17443 (autoload (quote unify-8859-on-encoding-mode) "ucs-tables" "\
17444 Set up translation tables for unifying ISO 8859 characters on encoding.
17446 The ISO 8859 characters sets overlap, e.g. 8859-1 (Latin-1) and
17447 8859-15 (Latin-9) differ only in a few characters. Emacs normally
17448 distinguishes equivalent characters from those ISO-8859 character sets
17449 which are built in to Emacs. This behaviour is essentially inherited
17450 from the European-originated international standards. Treating them
17451 equivalently, by translating to and from a single representation is
17452 called `unification'. (The `utf-8' coding system treats the
17453 characters of European scripts in a unified manner.)
17455 In this mode, on encoding -- i.e. output operations -- non-ASCII
17456 characters from the built-in ISO 8859 and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'
17457 charsets are handled automatically by the coding system used if it can
17458 represent them. Thus, say, an e-acute from the Latin-1 charset (the
17459 unified representation) in a buffer saved as Latin-9 will be encoded
17460 directly to a byte value 233. By default, in contrast, you would be
17461 prompted for a general coding system to use for saving the file, which
17462 can cope with separate Latin-1 and Latin-9 representations of e-acute.
17464 Also sets hooks that arrange `translation-table-for-input' to be set
17465 up locally when Quail input methods are activated. This will often
17466 allow input generated by Quail input methods to conform with what the
17467 buffer's file coding system can encode. Thus you could use a Latin-2
17468 input method to search for e-acute in a Latin-1 buffer.
17470 See also command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'." t nil)
17472 (defvar unify-8859-on-decoding-mode nil "\
17473 Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Decoding mode is enabled.
17474 See the command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17475 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17478 (custom-add-to-group (quote mule) (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17480 (custom-add-load (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) (quote ucs-tables))
17482 (autoload (quote unify-8859-on-decoding-mode) "ucs-tables" "\
17483 Set up translation tables for unifying ISO 8859 characters on decoding.
17484 On decoding, i.e. input operations, non-ASCII characters from the
17485 built-in ISO 8859 charsets are unified by mapping them into the
17486 `iso-latin-1' and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' charsets.
17488 Also sets `translation-table-for-input' globally, so that Quail input
17489 methods produce unified characters.
17491 See also command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' and the user option
17492 `utf-8-fragment-on-decoding'." t nil)
17494 ;;;***
17495 \f
17496 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17497 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15235 51743))
17498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17500 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17501 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17502 Works by overstriking underscores.
17503 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17504 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17506 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17507 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17508 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17509 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17511 ;;;***
17512 \f
17513 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17514 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14471 54769))
17515 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
17517 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17518 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
17519 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
17521 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17522 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
17523 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
17524 following the containing message." t nil)
17526 ;;;***
17527 \f
17528 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
17529 ;;;;;; (15235 51738))
17530 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
17532 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17533 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
17534 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
17535 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
17536 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
17537 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
17539 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17540 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
17542 ;;;***
17543 \f
17544 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
17545 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
17546 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
17548 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
17549 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
17550 This function has a choice of three things to do:
17551 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
17552 to refrain from editing the file
17553 return t (grab the lock on the file)
17554 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
17555 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
17556 in any way you like." nil nil)
17558 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
17559 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
17560 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
17561 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
17562 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
17564 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
17565 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
17567 ;;;***
17568 \f
17569 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
17570 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15235 51737))
17571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
17573 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
17574 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
17575 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
17576 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
17578 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
17579 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
17580 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
17582 ;;;***
17583 \f
17584 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
17585 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
17586 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
17587 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
17588 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
17589 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
17590 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15707 44427))
17591 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
17593 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
17594 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
17595 See `run-hooks'.")
17597 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
17598 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
17599 See `run-hooks'.")
17601 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17602 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
17603 See `run-hooks'.")
17605 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17606 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
17607 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17608 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17609 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17610 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17612 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17613 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17614 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17615 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17616 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17618 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17619 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17620 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17621 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17622 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17623 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17624 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17625 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17626 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17627 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17628 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17630 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17631 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
17633 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17634 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17636 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17637 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17638 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17639 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17640 lock steals will raise an error.
17642 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17644 For RCS and SCCS files:
17645 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17646 control.
17647 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17648 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17649 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17650 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17651 it performs a revert.
17652 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17653 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17654 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17655 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17656 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17657 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17658 the option to steal the lock.
17660 For CVS files:
17661 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17663 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17664 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17665 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17666 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17667 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17668 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17669 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17671 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17672 Register the current file into a version control system.
17673 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17674 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17676 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17677 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17678 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17679 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17680 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17681 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17683 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17684 Display diffs between file versions.
17685 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
17686 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
17687 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
17688 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
17689 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
17690 saving the buffer." t nil)
17692 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17693 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
17694 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17695 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
17697 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17698 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
17699 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17700 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17702 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17703 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17704 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17705 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17706 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17707 from the current branch.
17709 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17711 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17712 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17713 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17715 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17716 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17718 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17720 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17721 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17723 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17724 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17725 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17726 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17727 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17728 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17730 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17731 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17732 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17733 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17734 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17735 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17737 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17738 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17740 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17741 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
17742 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17743 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17744 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17746 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17747 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17748 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17750 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
17751 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
17752 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
17753 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
17754 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
17755 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
17756 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
17758 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
17759 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
17760 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
17761 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
17762 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
17763 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
17764 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
17765 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
17766 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
17768 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17769 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17771 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17772 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17773 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17774 directory.
17776 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17778 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17779 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17780 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17782 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17783 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17785 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17786 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
17788 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
17789 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
17790 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
17791 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
17792 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
17793 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
17795 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
17796 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
17797 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
17798 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
17799 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes
17800 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default
17801 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from
17802 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is
17803 older than that is shown in blue.
17805 Customization variables:
17807 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17808 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17809 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17810 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17812 ;;;***
17813 \f
17814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15651 7288))
17815 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17816 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17817 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17818 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17819 (require 'vc-cvs)
17820 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17822 ;;;***
17823 \f
17824 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17825 ;;;;;; (15707 44427))
17826 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17828 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17829 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17830 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17832 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17834 ;;;***
17835 \f
17836 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17837 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
17838 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17840 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17841 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17842 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17844 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17846 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17847 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17848 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17849 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17851 ;;;***
17852 \f
17853 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17854 ;;;;;; (15440 59334))
17855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17857 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17858 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17860 Usage:
17861 ------
17863 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17864 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17865 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17866 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17867 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17868 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17871 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17873 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17874 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17875 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17876 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17878 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17879 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17880 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17881 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17884 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17887 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17889 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17890 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17897 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17898 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17900 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17902 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17906 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17907 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17910 - COMMENTS:
17911 `--' puts a single comment.
17912 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17913 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17914 comment in between.
17915 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17916 following lines.
17918 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17920 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17921 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17922 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17923 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17924 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17925 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17926 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17928 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17930 multi-line comments.
17933 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17935 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17937 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17938 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17940 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17942 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17945 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17946 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17947 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17948 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17949 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17951 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17953 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17955 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17956 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17957 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17958 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17960 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17961 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17962 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17963 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17964 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17965 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17967 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17969 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17970 menu).
17972 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17974 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17975 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17976 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17977 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17978 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17980 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17981 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17982 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17983 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17984 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17985 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17986 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17987 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17988 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17990 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17991 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17992 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17993 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17994 specified.
17996 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17997 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17999 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18000 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18001 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18003 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18005 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18006 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18007 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18008 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18009 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18010 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18012 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18013 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18015 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18016 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18017 Math Packages.
18019 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18020 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18021 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18022 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18023 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18024 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18026 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18028 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18029 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18030 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18031 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18032 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18033 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18035 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18036 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18037 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18038 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18039 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18041 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18042 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18043 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18044 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18045 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18047 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18048 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18049 highlighted if written in lower case.
18052 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18053 is non-nil.
18056 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18059 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18060 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18061 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18063 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18064 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18065 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18067 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18068 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18069 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18070 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18071 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18072 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18073 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18075 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18077 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18078 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18079 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18083 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18086 - HINTS:
18090 Maintenance:
18091 ------------
18094 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18096 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18098 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18099 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18100 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18101 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18103 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18104 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18105 version and release notes can be found.
18108 Bugs and Limitations:
18109 ---------------------
18111 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18112 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18113 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18114 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18115 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18116 does not work under XEmacs.
18119 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18120 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18122 Key bindings:
18123 -------------
18127 ;;;***
18128 \f
18129 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15235 51734))
18130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18132 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18133 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18134 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18137 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18138 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18139 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18140 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18144 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18146 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18148 * Limitations and unsupported features
18149 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18150 not supported.
18151 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18152 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18154 * Modifications
18155 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18156 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18157 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18158 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18159 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18160 for undoing a repeated change command.
18161 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18162 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18163 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18165 * Extensions
18166 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18167 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18168 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18169 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18170 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18171 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18172 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18175 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18177 ;;;***
18178 \f
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18180 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18181 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18182 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 44318))
18183 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18185 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18186 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18188 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18189 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18190 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18191 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18193 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18194 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18196 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18197 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18198 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18199 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18201 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18202 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18204 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18206 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18208 ;;;***
18209 \f
18210 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18211 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18212 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15625
18213 ;;;;;; 11768))
18214 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18216 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18217 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18218 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18219 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18221 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18223 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18224 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18225 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18226 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18227 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18228 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18229 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18231 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18233 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18234 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18235 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18236 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18237 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18238 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18239 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18240 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18242 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18244 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18245 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18246 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18247 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18248 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18249 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18250 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18251 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18253 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18255 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18256 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18257 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18258 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18259 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18260 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18261 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18263 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18265 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18266 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18267 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18269 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18270 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18271 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18272 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18273 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18274 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18275 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18276 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18278 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18280 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18281 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18282 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18284 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18285 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18286 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18287 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18288 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18289 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18290 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18291 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18293 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18295 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18296 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18297 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18299 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18300 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18301 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18303 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18304 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18305 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18306 read-only.
18308 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18310 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18312 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18314 H, h, ? This message.
18315 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18318 > move to the end of buffer.
18321 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18323 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18324 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18325 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18328 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18330 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18331 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18333 Use this to view a changing file.
18337 . set the mark.
18338 x exchanges point and mark.
18340 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18341 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18343 ' go to position saved in character register.
18344 s do forward incremental search.
18345 r do reverse incremental search.
18346 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18347 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18348 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18349 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18352 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18356 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18362 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18363 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18364 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18365 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18366 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18367 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18368 will return to that buffer.
18370 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18372 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18373 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18374 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18375 `view-return-to-alist'.
18376 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18377 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18378 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18380 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18381 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18382 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18383 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18384 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18385 1) nil Do nothing.
18386 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18387 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18388 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18389 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18391 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18393 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18395 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18396 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18398 ;;;***
18399 \f
18400 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15235 51734))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18403 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18404 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18406 ;;;***
18407 \f
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18409 ;;;;;; (15564 59462))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18412 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18413 Toggle Viper on/off.
18414 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18416 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18417 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18419 ;;;***
18420 \f
18421 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
18422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18424 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18425 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18427 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18428 hotlist.
18430 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18431 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18433 ;;;***
18434 \f
18435 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18436 ;;;;;; (15707 34351))
18437 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18439 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18441 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18442 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18443 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18447 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18449 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18451 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18452 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18453 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18454 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18456 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18457 and off otherwise." t nil)
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18462 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18463 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18464 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18465 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18466 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15384 59073))
18467 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18469 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18470 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18472 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18473 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18475 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18476 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18478 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18479 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18481 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18482 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18484 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18485 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18486 These are:
18487 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18488 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18489 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18490 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18491 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18493 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18494 and:
18495 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18496 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18498 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18499 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18501 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18502 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18505 whitespace problems." t nil)
18507 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18508 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18510 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18511 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18515 \(which see).")
18517 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18519 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
18521 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
18522 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
18523 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
18525 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
18526 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
18528 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
18529 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
18530 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
18532 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
18533 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
18535 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
18536 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
18538 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18539 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18540 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
18541 replaced with TABS).
18542 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18543 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18545 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
18547 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
18548 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
18550 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
18551 i - Indentation whitespace.
18552 l - Leading whitespace.
18553 s - Space followed by Tab.
18554 t - Trailing whitespace.
18556 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
18557 !<y>.
18559 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
18560 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
18561 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
18562 always they default to 8.)
18564 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
18565 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
18566 even print it.
18568 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
18569 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
18570 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
18571 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
18572 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
18573 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
18574 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
18575 to set smarttab.)
18577 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
18578 merge problems.
18580 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
18581 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
18582 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
18584 ;;;***
18585 \f
18586 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
18587 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15698 64355))
18588 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
18590 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
18591 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
18593 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
18594 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
18596 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
18597 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
18599 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
18600 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
18601 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18603 ;;;***
18604 \f
18605 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
18606 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15683
18607 ;;;;;; 14756))
18608 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
18610 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
18611 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
18613 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
18614 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
18615 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
18617 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
18618 Create widget of TYPE.
18619 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
18621 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
18622 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
18624 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
18625 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
18627 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
18628 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
18629 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
18631 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
18632 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
18634 ;;;***
18635 \f
18636 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
18637 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
18638 ;;;;;; 17070))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
18641 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
18642 Select the window to the left of the current one.
18643 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18645 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
18646 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18647 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18649 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
18650 Select the window above the current one.
18652 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
18653 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
18654 negative ARG) of the current window.
18655 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18657 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
18658 Select the window to the right of the current one.
18659 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18661 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
18662 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18663 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18665 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18666 Select the window below the current one.
18667 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18669 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18670 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18671 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18673 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18674 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
18675 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
18676 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
18678 ;;;***
18679 \f
18680 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18681 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
18682 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18684 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18685 Toggle winner-mode.
18686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18689 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18691 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18693 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18694 Toggle Winner mode.
18695 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18697 ;;;***
18698 \f
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18700 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15584 9753))
18701 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18703 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18704 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18705 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18706 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18707 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18708 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18709 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18710 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18712 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18713 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18715 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18716 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18718 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18719 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18720 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18721 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18722 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18723 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18724 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18725 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18727 ;;;***
18728 \f
18729 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18730 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
18731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18733 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18734 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18736 BUGS:
18737 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18738 are not implemented
18739 - Options for search and replace
18740 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18741 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18743 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18744 Emacs-like.
18746 The key bindings are:
18748 C-a backward-word
18749 C-b fill-paragraph
18750 C-c scroll-up-line
18751 C-d forward-char
18752 C-e previous-line
18753 C-f forward-word
18754 C-g delete-char
18755 C-h backward-char
18756 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18757 C-j help-for-help
18758 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18759 C-l ws-repeat-search
18760 C-n open-line
18761 C-p quoted-insert
18762 C-r scroll-down-line
18763 C-s backward-char
18764 C-t kill-word
18765 C-u keyboard-quit
18766 C-v overwrite-mode
18767 C-w scroll-down
18768 C-x next-line
18769 C-y kill-complete-line
18770 C-z scroll-up
18772 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18773 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18774 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18775 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18776 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18777 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18778 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18779 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18780 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18781 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18782 C-k b ws-begin-block
18783 C-k c ws-copy-block
18784 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18785 C-k f find-file
18786 C-k h ws-show-markers
18787 C-k i ws-indent-block
18788 C-k k ws-end-block
18789 C-k p ws-print-block
18790 C-k q kill-emacs
18791 C-k r insert-file
18792 C-k s save-some-buffers
18793 C-k t ws-mark-word
18794 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18795 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18796 C-k v ws-move-block
18797 C-k w ws-write-block
18798 C-k x kill-emacs
18799 C-k y ws-delete-block
18801 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18802 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18803 C-o j justify-current-line
18804 C-o k kill-buffer
18805 C-o l list-buffers
18806 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18807 C-o r set-fill-column
18808 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18809 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18810 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18811 C-o wo other-window
18812 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18814 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18815 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18816 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18817 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18818 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18819 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18820 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18821 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18822 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18823 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18824 C-q a ws-query-replace
18825 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18826 C-q c end-of-buffer
18827 C-q d end-of-line
18828 C-q f ws-search
18829 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18830 C-q l ws-undo
18831 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18832 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18833 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18834 C-q w ws-last-error
18835 C-q y ws-kill-eol
18836 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18837 " t nil)
18839 ;;;***
18840 \f
18841 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15698
18842 ;;;;;; 64355))
18843 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18845 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
18846 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
18847 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18851 (custom-add-to-group (quote xterm-mouse) (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18853 (custom-add-load (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote xt-mouse))
18855 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18856 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18857 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18859 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18861 ;;;***
18862 \f
18863 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18864 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
18865 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18867 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18868 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18870 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18871 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18873 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18874 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18875 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18877 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18878 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18880 ;;;***
18881 \f
18882 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15640 49864))
18883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18885 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18886 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18888 ;;;***
18889 \f
18890 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18891 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15626 5163))
18892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18894 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18895 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18897 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18898 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18900 Zone-mode does two things:
18902 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18903 when saving the file
18905 - fontification" t nil)
18907 ;;;***
18908 \f
18909 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("play/meese.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
18910 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
18911 ;;;;;; "window.el" "uniquify.el" "startup.el" "saveplace.el" "menu-bar.el"
18912 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "finder-inf.el" "files.el" "cus-load.el" "bindings.el"
18913 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "term/mac-win.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
18914 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
18915 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
18916 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "subr.el" "simple.el" "select.el" "language/indian.el"
18917 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
18918 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
18919 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
18920 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/european.el" "international/utf-8.el"
18921 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/ucs-tables.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18922 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "replace.el" "ediff-wind.el" "cus-start.el"
18923 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
18924 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8-subst.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
18925 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "mouse.el" "loadup.el" "help.el"
18926 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
18927 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
18928 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
18929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/vt420.el"
18930 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el"
18931 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el"
18932 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
18933 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/pc-win.el"
18934 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el"
18935 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
18936 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
18937 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
18938 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
18939 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "play/gametree.el"
18940 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
18941 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
18942 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
18943 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
18944 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
18945 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/mh-seq.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el"
18946 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
18947 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "language/tibetan.el" "language/thai.el"
18948 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
18949 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/korean.el" "language/japanese.el"
18950 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/greek.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
18951 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/czech.el"
18952 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ogonek.el"
18953 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-5.el"
18954 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-2.el"
18955 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18956 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
18957 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
18958 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
18959 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
18960 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
18961 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
18962 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
18963 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
18964 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
18965 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
18966 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
18967 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/imap.el"
18968 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
18969 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
18970 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
18971 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
18972 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
18973 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
18974 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
18975 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
18976 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
18977 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
18978 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
18979 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
18980 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
18981 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
18982 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
18983 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
18984 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
18985 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
18986 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
18987 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
18988 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
18989 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "net/netrc.el"
18990 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
18991 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
18992 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
18993 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
18994 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
18995 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
18996 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
18997 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcalg3.el"
18998 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el"
18999 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
19000 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
19001 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
19002 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
19003 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
19004 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
19005 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
19006 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
19007 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
19008 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
19009 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "xml.el" "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el"
19010 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "vcursor.el" "unused.el" "timezone.el"
19011 ;;;;;; "tempo.el" "soundex.el" "scroll-bar.el" "s-region.el" "register.el"
19012 ;;;;;; "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "paths.el" "patcomp.el" "mouse-drag.el"
19013 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "map-ynp.el" "kermit.el" "isearch.el"
19014 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "frame.el" "forms-pass.el" "forms-d2.el" "foldout.el"
19015 ;;;;;; "float-sup.el" "env.el" "emacs-lock.el" "electric.el" "ediff-vers.el"
19016 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-hook.el" "dos-vars.el"
19017 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el"
19018 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "custom.el" "indent.el"
19019 ;;;;;; "version.el" "w32-vars.el" "xscheme.el" "net/ldap.el" "term/x-win.el"
19020 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
19021 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
19022 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
19023 ;;;;;; "allout.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "faces.el" "filesets.el"
19024 ;;;;;; "format.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "w32-fns.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
19025 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
19026 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
19027 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
19028 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "net/tramp-vc.el"
19029 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
19030 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "subdirs.el") (15714 5520
19031 ;;;;;; 332589))
19033 ;;;***
19034 \f
19035 ;;; Local Variables:
19036 ;;; version-control: never
19037 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
19038 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
19039 ;;; End:
19040 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here